Szótár

(Letölthető rövid segédanyag: Páli-Magyar Szójegyzék)

īsā, 1337 találat.

īsa →

pts

lord, owner ruler Ja.iv.209 (of a black lion = kāḷa-sīha C.); Vv-a.168 f. īsī see mahesī a chief queen. Cp. also mahesakkha.

fr. to have power, perf. īśe = Goth. aih; …

īsā →

pts

…reading for nangala-sīsā T.), SN.i.172, SN.i.224 (˚mukha): AN.iv.191 (rath˚); Snp.77; Ja.i.203 (˚mukha); Ja.iv.209; Ud.42; Mil.27;…

abbahati →

pts

Abbahati & abbuhati

to draw off, pull out (a sting or dart);
imper pres abbaha Thag.404; Ja.ii.95 (variant reading BB appuha = abbuha; C. explains by uddharatha)
aor abbahi Ja.v.198 (variant …

abbhatthatā →

pts

“going towards setting”, disappearance, death Ja.v.469.

abstr. fr. abbhatta

abbhuggacchati →

pts

to go forth, go out, rise into DN.i.112, DN.i.127; AN.iii.252 (kitti-saddo a.) Pp.36. ger. -gantvā Ja.i.88 (ākāsaṃ), Ja.i.202; Dhp-a.iv.198 aor. -gañchi MN.i.126 (kittisaddo); Ja.i.93
pp *[a …

abbhuggata →

pts

gone forth, gone out, risen DN.i.88 (kitti-saddo a., cp. Dhp-a.i.146: sadevakaṃ lokaṃ ajjhottharitvā uggato), DN.i.107 (saddo); Snp.p.103 (kittisaddo).

pp. of abbhuggacchati

abbokiṇṇa →

pts

  1. filled MN.i.387 (paripuṇṇa +); Dhp-a.iv.182 (pañca jātisatāni a.).
  2. abbocchinna*, a + vi + ava + chinna] uninterrupted, constant, as -ṃ adv. in combn. wi …

abbuhati →

pts

Abbahati & abbuhati

to draw off, pull out (a sting or dart);
imper pres abbaha Thag.404; Ja.ii.95 (variant reading BB appuha = abbuha; C. explains by uddharatha)
aor abbahi Ja.v.198 (variant …

abhejja →

pts

adjective not to be split or divided, not to be drawn away or caused to be dissented, inalienable Snp.255 (mitto abhejjo parehi) Ja.i.263 (varasūra…), Ja.iii.318 (˚rūpa of strong character abhijja-ha …

abhicchanna →

pts

adjective covered with, bedecked or adorned with (-˚) Ja.ii.48 (hema-jāla˚, variant reading abhisañchanna), Ja.ii.370 (id.); Snp.772 (= ucchanna āvuṭa etc. Mnd.24, cp. Cnd.365).

abhi + channa

abhihaṃsati →

pts

  1. (trs.) to gladden, please, satisfy SN.iv.190 (abhihaṭṭhuṃ); AN.v.350 (id.).
  2. (intr.) to find delight in (c. acc.), to enjoy SN.v.74 (rūpaṃ manāpaṃ); AN.iv.419 sq. (T. reads ˚hiṃsamāna jhānaṃ vari …

abhihiṃsanā →

pts

(& ˚ṃ) neighing Vv.64#10 = Vv-a.279 (gloss abhihesana). See in detail under abhisaṃsanā.

for abhihesanā cp. P. hesā = Sk. hreṣā, & hesitaṃ

abhijigiṃsati →

pts

to wish to overcome, to covet Ja.vi.193 (= jinituṃ icchati C). Burmese scribes spell -jigīsati; Thag.743 (“cheat”? Mrs Rh. D.; “vernichten” Neumann). See also abhijeti, and ni …

abhikkamati →

pts

to go forward, to proceed, approach DN.i.50 (= abhimukho kamati gacchati, pavisati DN-a.i.151); DN.ii.147, DN.ii.256 (abhikkā muṃ aor.); Dhp-a.iii.124 (evaṃ ˚itabbaṃ evaṃ paṭikkamitabbaṃ thus to app …

abhilāpa →

pts

talk, phrasing, expression Snp.49 (vācâbhilāpa making phrases, talking, idle or objectionable speech = tiracchanakathā Cnd.561); Iti.89 (? reading abhilāpāyaṃ uncertain, vv.ll. abhipāyaṃ abhipāpāyaṃ a …

abhimaṅgala →

pts

adjective (very) fortunate, lucky, anspicious, in ˚sammatā (of Visākhā) “benedicted” blessed Vin.iii.187 = Dhp-a.i.409. Opp. avamangala.

abhi + mangala

abhinivisati →

pts

to cling to, adhere to, be attached to Mnd.308, Mnd.309 (parāmasati +)
pp abhiniviṭṭha; cp. also abhinivesa.

abhi + nivisati

abhiniviṭṭha →

pts

adjective “settled in”, attached to, clinging on Cnd.152 (gahita parāmaṭṭha a.); Pv-a.267 (= ajjhāsita Pv.iv.8#4).

abhi + niviṭṭha, pp. of abhi-nivisati

abhiropana →

pts

concentration of mind, attention (seems restricted to Pts ii. only) Pts.ii.82 (variant reading abhiniropana), Pts.ii.84, Pts.ii.93, Pts.ii.115 (buddhi˚), Pts.ii.142 (˚virāga), Pts.ii.145 (˚vimutti), P …

abhisaddahati →

pts

to have faith in, believe in (c. acc.) believe SN.v.226; Thag.785; Pv.iv.1#13, Pv.iv.1#25 (˚saddaheyya paṭiñeyya Pv-a.226); Ne.11; Mil.258; Pv-a.26 Dāvs iii.58.

abhi + saddahati, cp. Sk. abhiśradd …

abhisajjana →

pts

adjective only as adv. f. ˚nī. Epithet of vācā scolding abusing, cursing AN.v.265 (para˚). Cp. next.

abstr. fr. abhisajjati in meaning of abhisanga 2

abhisajjanā →

pts

at Snp.49 evidently means “scolding, cursing, being in bad temper” (cp. abhisajjati), as its combn. with vāc’ âbhilāpa indicates, but is expld. both by Nd ii.& Bdhgh. as “stickin …

abhisajjati →

pts

to be in ill temper, to be angry, to curse, imprecate (in meaning of abhisanga 2) DN.i.91 (= kodha-vasena laggati DN-a.i.257), DN.iii.159; Ja.iii.120 (+ kuppati); Ja.iv.22 (abhisajji kuppi vyāpajji …

abhisallekhika →

pts

adjective austere, stern, only in f. (scil. kathā) AN.iii.117 sq.; AN.iv.352, AN.iv.357; AN.v.67.

abhi + sallekha + ika

abhisamaya →

pts

“coming by completely”, insight into, comprehension, realization clear understanding, grasp, penetration. See on term Kvu trsl. 381 sq
■ Esp. in full phrases: attha˚; grasp of what is proficient …

abhisambhava →

pts

only in dur˚; hard to overcome or get over, hard to obtain or reach, troublesome SN.v.454; AN.v.202; Snp.429, Snp.701; Ja.v.269, Ja.vi.139, Ja.vi.439. Abhisambhavati (bhoti)

fr. abhisambhavati

abhisambhavati →

pts

Abhisambhavati (˚bhoti)

“to come up to”, i.e. to be able to (get or stand or overcome) to attain, reach, to bear AN.iv.241; Thag.436; Mnd.471 Mnd.485; Ja.iii.140; Ja.v.150, Ja.v.417; Ja.vi.292, Ja.vi …

abhisambhoti →

pts

Abhisambhavati (˚bhoti)

“to come up to”, i.e. to be able to (get or stand or overcome) to attain, reach, to bear AN.iv.241; Thag.436; Mnd.471 Mnd.485; Ja.iii.140; Ja.v.150, Ja.v.417; Ja.vi.292, Ja.vi …

abhisambhuṇāti →

pts

to be able (to get or reach); only in neg ppr. anabhisambhuṇanto unable DN.i.101 (= asampāpuṇanto avisahamāno vā DN-a.i.268); Mnd.77, Mnd.312.

considered to be a bastard form of abhisambhavati, bu …

abhisambhū →

pts

adjective getting, attaining (?) DN.ii.255 (lomahaṃsa˚).

fr. abhi + sam + bhū

abhisambhūta →

pts

attained, got Sdhp.556.

pp. of abhisambhavati

abhisambodhi →

pts

the highest enlightenment Ja.i.14 (parama˚). Cp. abhisambujjhana and (sammā-) sambodhi.

abhi + sambodhi

abhisambodhita →

pts

adjective awakened to the highest wisdom Pv-a.137 (Bhagavā).

pp. of abhisambodheti, Caus. of abhi + sambujjhati

abhisambuddha →

pts

  1. (pass.) realised, perfectly understood DN.iii.273; SN.iv.331; Iti.121 an˚; not understood MN.i.71, MN.i.92, MN.i.114, MN.i.163, MN.i.240
  2. (med.) one who has come to the realisation of the highe …

abhisambuddhatta →

pts

thorough realisation, perfect understanding SN.v.433.

abstr. fr. abhisambuddha

abhisambudhāna →

pts

adjective awaking realising, knowing, understanding Dhp.46 (= bujjhanto jānanto ti attho Dhp-a.i.337).

formation of a ppr. med. fr. pp. abhsam + budh instead of abhisam + bujjh˚.

abhisambujjhana →

pts

Err:509

abhisambujjhati →

pts

to become wideawake, to awake to the highest knowledge, to gain the highest wisdom (sammāsambodhiṃ) DN.iii.135; Iti.121 aor. -sambujjhi SN.v.433; Pv-a.19. In combn. *abhisambujjhati abh …

abhisamekkhati →

pts

Abhisamikkhati & Abhisamekkhati

to behold, see, regard, notice Ja.iv.19 (2nd sg med. ˚samekkhase = olokesi C.)
ger -samikkha ˚samekkha; [B.Sk. ˚samīkṣya, e.g. Jtm.p.28, Jtm.p.30 etc.] …

abhisameta →

pts

completely grasped or realised, understood mastered SN.v.128 (dhamma a.), SN.v.440 (anabhisametāni cattāri ariyasaccāni, cp. Divy.654 anabhisamitāni c.a.) AN.iv.384 (appattaṃ asacchikataṃ +).

pp. of …

abhisameti →

pts

to come by, to attain, to realise grasp, understand (cp. adhigacchati) Mil.214 (catusaccâbhisamayaṃ abhisameti). frequently in combn. *abhisambujjhati abhisameti; abhisambujjhitvā abhisamet …

abhisametāvin →

pts

adjective commanding full understanding or penetration, possessing complete insight (of the truth) Vin.iii.189; SN.ii.133; SN.v.458 sq.

possess. adj
■ formation, equalling a n. ag. form., pp. abhisameta

abhisamikkhati →

pts

Abhisamikkhati & Abhisamekkhati

to behold, see, regard, notice Ja.iv.19 (2nd sg med. ˚samekkhase = olokesi C.)
ger -samikkha ˚samekkha; [B.Sk. ˚samīkṣya, e.g. Jtm.p.28, Jtm.p.30 etc.] …

abhisammati →

pts

to cease, stop; trs. (Caus.) to allay, pacify, still Ja.vi.420 (pp. abhisammanto for ˚śammento? Reading uncertain).

abhi + śam, Sk. abhiśamyati

abhisampanna →

pts

at Pv-a.144 is wrong reading for variant reading abhisapana (curse).

abhisamparāya →

pts

future lot, fate, state after death, future condition of rebirth; usually in foll phrases: kā gati ko abhisamparāyo (as hendiadys) ʻwhat fate in the world-to-come’, DN.ii.91; Vin.i.293; SN.iv.59 S …

abhisamācārika →

pts

adjective belonging to the practice of the lesser ethics; to be practiced; belonging to or what is the least to be expected of good conduct, proper. Of sikkhā Vin.v.181; AN.ii.243 …

abhisamāgacchati →

pts

to come to (understand) completely, to grasp fully, to master Kp-a.236 (for abhisamecca Snp.143).

abhi + sam + āgacchati, cp. in meaning adhigacchati

abhisanda →

pts

outflow, overflow, yield, issue, result only in foll. phrases: cattāro puññ’ âbhisandā kusal’ âbhisandā (yields in merit) SN.v.391 sq.; AN.ii.54 sq. AN.iii.51, AN.iii.337; AN.vi.245, & *kamm’ âbhisa …

abhisandahati →

pts

to put together, to make ready Thag.151; ger. abhisandhāya in sense of a prep. = on account of, because of Ja.ii.386 (= paṭicca C.).

abhi + sandahati of saṃ + dhā

abhisandana →

pts

result, outcome, consequence Pts.i.17 (sukhassa).

= abhisanda

abhisandeti →

pts

to make overflow, to make full, fill, pervade DN.i.73, DN.i.74.

abhi + sandeti, Caus. of syad

abhisanna →

pts

adjective overflowing, filled with (-˚), full Vin.i.279 (˚kāya a body full of humours, cp. Vin.ii.119 & Mil.134) Ja.i.17 (Ja.v.88 pītiyā); Mil.112 (duggandha˚).

pp. of abhisandati = abhi + syand, …

abhisantāpeti →

pts

to burn out, scorch, destroy MN.i.121.

ahhi + santāpeti, Caus. of santapati

abhisapana →

pts

cursing, curse Pv-a.144 (so read for abhisampanna).

fr. abhisapati

abhisapati →

pts

to execrate, curse, accurse Vin.iv.276; Ja.iv.389; Ja.v.87; Dhp-a.i.42
pp abhisatta.

abhi + sapati, of śap

abhisara →

pts

retinue Ja.v.373.

fr. abhi + sarati, of sṛ; to go

abhisasi →

pts

of abhisaṃsati (q.v.).

abhisatta →

pts

cursed, accursed, railed at, reviled Ja.iii.460; Ja.v.71; Snp-a.364 (= akkuṭṭha); Vv-a.335.

pp. of abhisapati, cp. Sk. abhiśapta, fr. abhi + śap

abhisattha →

pts

cursed, accursed Thag.118 “old age falls on her as if it had been cursed upon her (that is, laid upon her by a curse). Morris J.P.T.S. 1886 145 gives the commentator’s equivalents, “commanded worked b …

abhisavati →

pts

(better -ssavati?) to flow towards or into Ja.vi.359 (najjo Gangaṃ a.).

abhi + savati, of sru

abhisañcayati →

pts

Abhisañcināti & ˚cayati

to accumulate, collect (merit) Vv.47#6 (Pot. ˚sañceyyaṃ = ˚sañcineyyaṃ Vv-a.202).

abhi + sañcināti

abhisañcetayita →

pts

raised into consciousness, thought out, intended, planned MN.i.350; SN.ii.65; SN.iv.132; AN.v.343.

pp. of abhisañceteti

abhisañceteti →

pts

to bring to consciousness, think out, devise, plan SN.ii.82
pp abhisañcetayita (q.v.).

abhi + sañceteti or ˚cinteti

abhisañcināti →

pts

Abhisañcināti & ˚cayati

to accumulate, collect (merit) Vv.47#6 (Pot. ˚sañceyyaṃ = ˚sañcineyyaṃ Vv-a.202).

abhi + sañcināti

abhisaññā →

pts

Only in the compound abhi-saññā-nirodha DN.i.179, DN.i.184. The prefix abhi qualifies, not saññā, but the whole compound, which means ʻtrance’. It is an expression used, not by Buddhists, but by c …

abhisaññūhati →

pts

to heap up, concentrate Vb.1, Vb.2, Vb.82 sq.; Vb.216 sq., Vb.400; Mil.46 Cp. abhisaṅkhipati.

abhi + saññūhati, i.e. saṃ-ni-ūhati

abhisaṃsanā →

pts

is doubtful reading at Vv.64#10; meaning “neighing” (of horses) Vv-a.272, Vv-a.279.

? abhisaṃsati

abhisaṃsati →

pts

to execrate, revile, lay a curse on Ja.v.174 (˚saṃsittha 3rd sg. pret med. = paribhāsi C.)
aor abhisasi Ja.vi.187, Ja.vi.505, Ja.vi.522 (= akkosi C.), Ja.vi.563 (id. …

abhisaṃvisati →

pts

Only in abhisaṃvisseyyagattaṃ (or -bhastaṃ or -santuṃ) Thig.466 a compound of doubtful derivation and meaning. Mrs. Rh. D., following Dhammapāla (p. 283) ʻa bag of skin with carrion filled’.

abhi …

abhisaṅga →

pts

I. sticking to, cleaving to, adherence to Ja.v.6; Ne.110 Ne.112; Dhs-a.129 (˚hetukaṃ dukkhaṃ), Dhs-a.249 (˚rasa).

fr. abhi + sañj, cp. abhisajjati & Sk. abhisanga

abhisaṅgin →

pts

adjective cleaving to (-˚) Sdhp.566.

fr. abhisanga

abhisaṅkharoti →

pts

(& -khāreti in Pot.) to prepare, do, perform, work, get up Vin.i.16 (iddh’ âbhisankhāraṃ ˚khāreyya); DN.i.184 (id.); SN.ii.40; SN.iii.87 SN.iii.92; SN.iv.132, SN.iv.290; SN.v.449; AN.i.201; Snp.984 …

abhisaṅkhata →

pts

adjective prepared, fixed, made up, arranged, done MN.i.350; AN.ii.43; AN.v.343; Ja.i.50; Mnd.186 (kappita +); Pv-a.7, Pv-a.8.

abhi + sankhata, pp. of abhisankharoti

abhisaṅkhipati →

pts

to throw together, heap together, concentrate Vb.1 sq., Vb.82 sq., Vb.216 sq. Vb.400; Mil.46.

abhi + sankhipati

abhisaṅkhāra →

pts

  1. putting forth, performance, doing, working, practice: only in two combns., viz
    1. gamiya˚; (or gamika˚) a heathenish practice Vin.i.233; AN.iv.180, &
    2. iddha˚; (= iddḥi˚) work …

abhisaṅkhārika →

pts

adjective what belongs to or is done by the sankhāras; accumulated by or accumulating merit, having special (meritorious) effect (or specially prepared?) Vin.ii.77 = Vin.iii.160; Sdhp.309 (sa ˚paccaya …

abhisaṭa →

pts

  1. (med.) streamed forth, come together Ja.vi.56 (= sannipatita C.).
  2. (pass.) approached, visited Vin.i.268.

pp. of abhisarati, abhi + sṛ; to flow

abhisiṃsati →

pts

to utter a solemn wish, Vv.81#18 (aor. ˚sīsi. variant reading ˚sisi. Vv-a.316 explains by icchi sampaṭicchi).

= abhisaṃsati, abhi + śaṃs. As to Sk. śaṃs → P. siṃs cp. āsiṃsati, as to meaning …

abhissara →

pts

adjective only neg. an˚; in formula atāṇo loko anabhissaro “without a Lord or protector MN.ii.68 (variant reading ˚abhisaro); Pts.i.126 (variant reading id.).

abhi + issara

abhisādheti →

pts

to carry out, arrange; to get; procure, attain Ja.vi.180; Mil.264.

abhi + sādheti

abhisāpa →

pts

curse, anathema SN.iii.93 = Iti.89 (which latter reads abhilāpa and It A explains by akkosa see vv.ll. under abhilāpa & cp.; Brethren 376 n. 1.) Thag.1118.

abhisapati

abhisāreti →

pts

to approach, to persecute Ja.vi.377.

abhi + sāreti, Caus. of abhisarati

abhisāriyā →

pts

woman who goes to meet her lover Ja.iii.139.

Sk. abhisārikā, fr. abhi + sṛ.

abhitāpa →

pts

extreme heat, glow; adj. very hot Vin.iii.83 (sīsa˚ sunstroke); MN.i.507 (mahā˚ very hot) Mil.67 (mahābhitāpatara much hotter); Pv.iv.1#8 (mahā˚ of niraya).

abhi + tāpa

abhivissattha →

pts

confided in, taken into confidence MN.ii.52 (variant reading ˚visaṭṭha).

abhi + vissattha, pp. of abhivissasati, Sk. abhiviśvasta

accasara →

pts

adjective

  1. going beyond the limits (of proper behaviour), too self-sure, overbearing, arrogant, proud SN.i.239 (variant reading accayasara caused by prolepsis of foll. accaya); Ja.iv.6 (atisara); …

accasari →

pts

of atisarati to go beyond the limit, to go astray Ja.v.70.

fr. ati + sṛ.

acchariya →

pts

adjective noun wonderful, surprising strange, marvellous DN.ii.155; MN.i.79; MN.iii.118, MN.iii.125, MN.iii.144 (an˚); SN.iv.371; AN.i.181; Mil.28, Mil.253; Dhp-a.iii.171; Pv-a.121; Vv-a.71 (an˚). …

adaka →

pts

adjective = ada Ja.v.91 (purisâdaka man-eater).

adhama →

pts

adjective the lowest (lit. & fig.), the vilest, worst Snp.246; (narādhama), 135 (vasalâdhama); Dhp.78 (purisa˚) Ja.iii.151 (miga˚); Ja.v.394 (uttamâdhama), Ja.v.437 (id.), Ja.v.397 Sdhp.387.

Vedic …

adhicitta →

pts

“higher thought”, meditation, contemplation, nsually in combn. with adhisīla and adhipaññā Vin.i.70; DN.iii.219; MN.i.451; AN.i.254, AN.i.256 Mn …

adhigacchati →

pts

to get to, to come into possession of, to acquire, attain, find; fig. to understand DN.i.229 (vivesaṃ) MN.i.140 (anvesaṃ n’ âdhigacchanti do not find); SN.i.22 (nibbānaṃ); SN.ii.278 (id.); AN.i.162 (i …

adhimuccati →

pts

  1. to be drawn to, feel attached to or inclined towards, to indulge in (c. loc. SN.iii.225; SN.iv.185; AN.iv.24, AN.iv.145 sq., AN.iv.460; AN.v.17; Pp.63.
  2. to become settled, to make up one’s mind a …

adhisayana →

pts

adjective lying on or in, inhabiting Pv-a.80 (mañcaṃ).

fr. adhiseti

adhisayita →

pts

sat on, addled (of eggs) Vin.iii.3; SN.iii.153.

pp. of adhiseti

adhiseti →

pts

to lie on, sit on, live in, to follow, pursue Dhp.41; Snp.671 (= gacchati C.)
pp adhisayita.

adhi + seti

adho →

pts

adverb below, usually combd. or contrasted with uddhaṃ “above” and tiriyaṃ “across”, describing the 3 dimensions
uddhaṃ and …

aggi →

pts

fire.

  1. fire, flames, sparks; conflagration Vin.ii.120 (fire in bathroom); MN.i.487 (anāhāro nibbuto f. gone out for lack of fuel); SN.iv.185, SN.iv.399 (sa-upādāno jalati provided with fuel blazes …

ajjhohata →

pts

having swallowed Sdhp.610 (balisaṃ maccho viya: like a fish the fishhook).

pp. of ajjhoharati

ajjhupekkhati →

pts

  1. to look on AN.i.257; Mil.275.
  2. to look on intently or with care, to oversee, to take care of AN.iv.45 (kaṭṭh’aggi, has to be looked after); Pv-a.149 (sisaṃ colaṃ vā).
  3. to look on indifferently …

ajjhāvara →

pts

surrounding; waiting on, service, retinue Ja.v.322, Ja.v.324, Ja.v.326, Ja.v.327 (explained at all passages by parisā). Should we read ajjhācara? Cp. ajjhācāra.

fr. adhi + ā + var

akalu →

pts

(cp. agalu) an ointment Ja.iv.440 (akaluñ candanañ ca, variant reading BB aggaluṃ; C. explains as kālākaluñ ca rattacandanañ ca, thus implying a blacking or dark ointment); Ja …

akkha →

pts

…of an axle); Mil.27 (+ īsā + cakka), Mil.277 (atibhārena sakaṭassa akkho bhijjati: the axle of the cart breaks when the load is too…

akkhaṇa →

pts

wrong time, bad luck, misadventure, misfortune. There are 9 enumerated at DN.iii.263; the usual set consists of 8; thus DN.iii.287; Vv-a.193; Sdhp.4 sq. See also *khaṇa-[vedhin](/de …

akkuṭṭha →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) being reviled, scolded, railed at Snp.366 (= dasahi akkosavatthūhi abhisatto Snp-a.364); Ja.vi.187.
  2. (nt.) reviling, scolding, swearing at; in combination *akkuṭṭha-vandi …

akāsiya →

pts

adjective noun “not from the Kāsī-country” (?); official name of certain tax-gatherers in the king’s service Ja.vi.212 (akāsiya-saṅkhātā rāja-purisā C.).

a + kāsika?

alaṃ →

pts

indeclinable emphatic particle

  1. in affirmative sentences: part. of assurance emphasis = for sure, very much (so), indeed, truly. Note. In connection with a dat. or an infin. the latter only app …

alla →

pts

adjective (only ˚-)

  1. moist, wet MN.iii.94 (-mattikā -puñja a heap of moist clay; may be taken in meaning 2).
  2. fresh (opp. stale), new; freshly plucked, gathered or caught, viz.
    • *-kusam …

allīyati →

pts

to cling to, stick to, adhere to (in both senses, good or bad); to covet

  1. lit. kesā sīsaṃ allīyiṃsu the hair stuck to the head Ja.i.64 khaggo lomesu allīyi the sword stuck in the hair Ja.i.273
  2. f …

amacca →

pts

  1. friend, companion, fellow-worker, helper, esp one who gives his advice, a bosom-friend Iti.73; Ja.vi.512 (sahajātā amaccā); Pv.ii.6#20 (a ˚-paricārikā well-advising friends as company or around …

amata →

pts

Amata1

neuter

  1. The drink of the gods, ambrosia, water of immortality, (cp BSk. amṛta-varṣa “rain of Ambrosia” Jtm.221).
  2. A general conception of a state of durability & non-change a …

anabhisambhuṇamāna →

pts

adjective not obtaining, unable to get or keep up DN.i.101 (= asampāpuṇanto avisahamāno vā DN-a.i.268).

ppr. med. of an + abhisambhuṇāti

andha →

pts

adjective

  1. (lit.) blind, blinded, blindfolded Ja.i.216 (dhūm˚); Pv.iv.1#48; Pv-a.3
    ■ dark, dull, blinding MN.iii.151 (˚andhaṃ adv. dulled); Snp.669 (Ep. of timisa, like Vedic andhaṃ tamaḥ); D …

aneka →

pts

adjective (usually ˚-) not one, i.e. many, various; countlcss, numberless Iti.99 (saṃvaṭṭakappā countless aeons); Snp.688 (˚sākhā); Dhp.153 (˚jātisāra); Ja.iv.2 Ja.vi.366.

  • -pariyāyena (instr.) …

anibbisaṃ →

pts

not finding Thag.78 = Dhp.153 (= taṃ ñāṇaṃ avindanto Dhp-a.iii.128).

ppr. of nibbisati, q.v.

animisa →

pts

adjective not winking, waking, watchful Dāvs v.26 (nayana).

Ved. animeṣa, cp. nimisati

anoka →

pts

houselessness, a houseless state, fig freedom from worldliness or attachment to life, singleness SN.v.24 = AN.v.232 = Dhp.87 (okā anokaṃ āgamma). adj. homeless, free from attachment SN.i.176; Dhp.87 ( …

antaradhāna →

pts

disappearance AN.i.58 (saddhammassa); AN.ii.147; AN.iii.176 sq.; Mil.133; Dhs.645 Dhs.738, Dhs.871. Cp. ˚dhāyana.

fr. antaradhāyati

antaradhāyana →

pts

disappearance Dhp-a.iv.191. (variant reading ˚adhāna).

fr. antaradhāyati

antaradhāyati →

pts

to disappear Snp.449 (˚dhāyatha 3rd sg. med.); Vv.81#28 (id.); Ja.i.119 = Dhp-a.i.248; Dhp-a.iv.191 (ppr. ˚dhāyamāna & aor. dhāyi) Pv-a.152, Pv-a.217, (˚dhāyi), Pv-a.245; Vv-a.48
pp …

antarahita →

pts

adjective

  1. disappeared, gone, left DN.i.222. MN.i.487. Mil.18. Pv-a.245.
  2. in phrase anantarahitāya bhūmiyā (loc) on the bare soil (lit. on the ground with nothing put in between it & the perso …

antika →

pts

adjective noun

  1. near Kp-a.217; nt. neighbourhood Kp.viii.1. (odak˚); Ja.vi.565 (antike loc. anti near).
  2. [der fr. anta = Sk. antya] being at the end, final, finished, over SN.i.130 (purisā etad\ …

anto →

pts

indeclinable prep. inside, either c. acc. denoting direction = into, or c. loc. denoting place where = in. As prefix (˚-) in, within, inside, inner (see compounds)

  1. prep c. acc. anto nivesanaṃ g …

anu →

pts

Anu1

indeclinable prep. & pref

A.

As prep. anu is only found occasionally, and here its old (Vedic) function with acc. is superseded by the loc. Traces of …

anubyañjana FIXME double →

pts

Anuvyañjana & anubyañjana

(e.g. Vin.iv.15; Ja.i.12) neuter accompanying (i.e. secondary attribute, minor or inferior characteristic, supplementary or additional sign or mark (cf. mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇa …

anudisati →

pts

to point out, direct, bid, address Pv-a.99 (aor. anudesi + anvesi)
pp anudiṭṭha (q.v.).

anu + disati

anudisā →

pts

an intermediate point of the compass, often collectively for the usual 4 intermediate points DN.i.222; SN.i.122; SN.iii.124.

anu + disā

anudiṭṭha →

pts

pointed out, appointed, dedicated, nt. consecration, dedication Ja.v.393 (anudiṭṭha asukassa nāma dassatī ti C.); Pv.i.10#7 (= uddiṭṭha Pv-a.50).

pp. of anudisati

anugata →

pts

adjective gone after, accompanied by, come to; following; fig. fallen or gone into, affected with (-˚), being a victim of, suffering MN.i.16; DN.iii.85 DN.iii.173 (parisā); AN.ii.185 (sota˚, variant …

anugāmika →

pts

adjective going along with, following, accompanying; resulting from, consequential on Kp.viii.8 (nidhi a treasure acc. a man to the next world); Ja.iv.280 (-nidhi); Mil.159 (pari …

anukūla →

pts

adjective favourable, agreeable, suitable, pleasant Vv-a.280; spelt anukula at Sdhp.297, Sdhp.312.

  • -bhava complaisance, willingness Vva.71.
  • -yañña a propi …

anulokin →

pts

adjective looking (up) at, seeing (-˚) MN.i.147 (sīsa˚).

fr. anu + loketi, cp. Sk. & P. avalokin & anuviloketi

anupakkhandati →

pts

to push oneself forward, to encroach on DN.i.122 (= anupavisati DN-a.i.290) ger. anupakhajja pushing oneself in, intruding Vin.ii.88 (= antopavisati), Vin.ii.213; Vin.iv.43 ( …

anuparisakkana →

pts

dealing with, interest in SN.iv.312 (variant reading ˚vattana).

fr. anuparisakkati

anuparisakkati →

pts

to move round, to be occupied with, take an interest in (c. acc.) SN.iv.312 (variant reading ˚vattati).

anu + pari + sakkati

anuparivattati →

pts

to go or move round, viz.

  1. to deal with, be engaged in, perform, worship Vin.iii.307 (ādiccaṃ); DN.i.240; Pv-a.97.
  2. to meet Mil.204 (Devadatto ca Bodhisatto ca ekato anuparivattanti).
  3. to move …

anupassanā →

pts

looking at, viewing, contemplating, consideration, realisation SN.v.178 sq., Snp.p.140; Pts.i.10, Pts.i.20, Pts.i.96; Pts.ii.37, Pts.ii.41 sq. Pts.ii.67 sq.; Vb.194. See anicca˚, anatta˚, dukkha˚.

anupavisati →

pts

to go into, to enter Dhp.i.290; Vv-a.42 (= ogāhati)
pp -paviṭṭha (q.v.) Caus. -paveseti (q.v.).

anu + pa + visati

anupaviṭṭha →

pts

(anuppa˚) entered, gone or got into, fallen into (c. acc.) Mil.270, Mil.318 sq., Mil.409 (coming for shelter); Pv-a.97, Pv-a.152 (Gangānadiṃ a. nadī flowing into the G.).

pp. of anupavisati

anupādaṃ →

pts

adverb at the foot Vism.182 (opp. anusīsaṃ at the head).

anu + pāda

anuttara →

pts

adjective “nothing higher”, without a superior, incomparable, second to none, unsurpassed, excellent, preeminent Snp.234 (= adhikassa kassaci abhāvato Kp-a.193), 1003; Dhp.23, Dhp.55 (= asadisa appaṭ …

anutāpa →

pts

anguish, remorse, conscience Vv.40#5 (= vippaṭisāra Vv-a.180); Dhs-a.384.

fr. anu + tāpa

anuvikkhitta →

pts

adjective dispersed over SN.v.277 sq. (+ anuvisaṭa).

anu + vi + khitta, pp. of anu + vikkhipati

anuviloketi →

pts

to look round at, look over, survey, muster MN.i.339; Snp.p.140; Ja.i.53; Mil.7 (lakaṃ), Mil.21 (parisaṃ), Mil.230.

anu + vi + loketi; B.Sk. anuvilokayati

anuvisaṭa →

pts

(anu + visaṭa, pp. of anu + vi + sṛ; ] spread over SN.v.277 sq.; Ja.iv.102.

anuvyañjana →

pts

Anuvyañjana & anubyañjana

(e.g. Vin.iv.15; Ja.i.12) neuter accompanying (i.e. secondary attribute, minor or inferior characteristic, supplementary or additional sign or mark (cf. mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇa …

anvādisati →

pts

to advise, dedicate, assign; imper. ˚disāhi Pv.ii.2#6 (= uddissa dehi Pv-a.80); Pv.iii.2#8 (= ādisa Pv-a.181).

anu + ā + disati

anvāvisati →

pts

to go into, to take possession of, to visit MN.i.326; SN.i.67; Mil.156
pp anvāviṭṭha (q.v.). Cp. adhimuccati.

anu + ā + visati

anvāviṭṭha →

pts

possessed (by evil spirits) SN.i.114.

pp. of anvāvisati

apadisa →

pts

reference, testimony, witness Dhp-a.ii.39.

fr apa + diś

apadisati →

pts

to call to witness, to refer to, to quote Vin.iii.159; Ja.i.215; Ja.iii.234; Ja.iv.203; Mil.270; Dhp-a.ii.39; Ne.93.

apa + disati

apagama →

pts

going away, disappearance Sdhp.508.

Sk. apagama

apakāsati →

pts

at Vin.ii.204 is to be read as apakassati and interpreted as “draw away, distract, bring about a split or dissension (of the Sangha)”. The variant reading on p. Vin.ii.325 just …

aparāyin →

pts

adjective having no support Ja.iii.386 (f. ; C. appatiṭṭhā appaṭisaraṇā).

a + parāyin, cp. parāyana

apeti →

pts

to go away, to disappear DN.i.180 (upeti pi apeti pi) Ja.i.292; Snp.1143 (= n’ apagacchanti na vijahanti Cnd.66)
pp apeta (q.v.).

apa + i, cp. Gr. α ̓́πειμι, Lat. …

appa →

pts

adjective small, little, insignificant, often in the sense of “very little = (next to) nothing” (so in most compounds); thus expld. at Vv-a.334 as equivalent to a negative part. (see *[a …

appatīta →

pts

adjective dissatisfied, displeased, disappointed (cp. appaccaya) Ja.v.103 (at this passage preferably to be read with variant reading as appatika = without husband, C. explains assāmika), Ja.v.155 ( …

appaṭigandhika →

pts

Appaṭigandhika & ˚iya

adjective not smelling disagreeable, i.e. with beautiful smell, scented odorous Ja.v.405 (˚ika, but C. ˚iya; expld. by sugandhena udakena samannāgata); Ja.vi.518; Pv. …

appaṭigandhiya →

pts

Appaṭigandhika & ˚iya

adjective not smelling disagreeable, i.e. with beautiful smell, scented odorous Ja.v.405 (˚ika, but C. ˚iya; expld. by sugandhena udakena samannāgata); Ja.vi.518; Pv. …

appaṭisama →

pts

adjective not having it’s equal, incomparable Ja.i.94 (Baddha-sirī).

a + paṭi = sama; cp. BSk. apratisama Mvu.i.104

appaṭisandhika →

pts

(and -iya) adjective

  1. what cannot be put together again, unmendable irreparable (˚iya) Pv.i.12#9 (= puna pākatiko na hoti Pv-a.66) = Ja.iii.167 (= paṭipākatiko kātuṃ na sakkā C.).
  2. incapable …

appaṭisaṅkhā →

pts

want of judgment Pp.21 = Dhs.1346.

a + paṭisankhā

appesakkha →

pts

adjective of little power, weak, impotent SN.ii.229; Mil.65; Sdhp.89.

acc. to Childers = Sk. *alpa + īśa + ākhya, the latter fr. ā + khyā “being called lord of little”; Trenckner on Mil.65 (see …

appita →

pts

adjective

  1. fixed, applied, concentrated (mind) Mil.415 (mānasa) Sdhp.233 (citta).
  2. brought to, put to, fixed on Ja.vi.78 (maraṇamukhe); visappita (an arrow to which) poison (is) applied, so rea …

arahatta →

pts

Arahatta1

neuter the state or condition of an Arahant, i.e. perfection in the Buddhist sense = Nibbāna (SN.iv.151) final & absolute emancipation Arahantship, the attainment of the last & h …

araṇi →

pts

Araṇi & ˚ī

feminine wood for kindling fire by attrition, only in foll. compounds: -potaka small firewood, all that is needed for producing fire, chiefly drill sticks Mil.53; -sahita (nt.) same …

araṇī →

pts

Araṇi & ˚ī

feminine wood for kindling fire by attrition, only in foll. compounds: -potaka small firewood, all that is needed for producing fire, chiefly drill sticks Mil.53; -sahita (nt.) same …

ariya →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (racial) Aryan DN.ii.87.
  2. (social) noble, distinguished, of high birth.
  3. (ethical) in accord with the customs and ideals of the Aryan clans, held in esteem by Aryans, gene …

aruṇa →

pts

the sun Vin.ii.68 Vin.iv.245; Ja.ii.154; Ja.v.403; Ja.vi.330; Dpvs.i.56; DN-a.i.30. a. uggacchati the sun rises Ja.i.108; Vv-a.75, & see compounds.

  • -ugga sunrise Vin.iv.272; SN …

asa →

pts

adjective bad Ja.iv.435 = Ja.vi.235 (sataṃ vā asaṃ acc. sg. with variant reading santaṃ…, expld- by sappurisaṃ vā asappurisaṃ vā C.); Ja.v.448 (n. pl. f. asā expld. by asatiyo lā …

asadisa →

pts

adjective incomparable, not having its like Dhp-a.ii.89; Dhp-a.iii.120 (˚dāna).

a + sadisa

asammodiya →

pts

disagreement, dissension Ja.vi.517 (= asamaggiya C.).

a + sammodiya

asappurisa →

pts

low, bad or unworthy man MN.iii.37; Snp-a.479 (= anariya Snp.664).

a + sappurisa, cp. asat

asi →

pts

sword, a large knife DN.i.77 (= DN-a.i.222); MN.ii.99; AN.i.48 = (asinā sīsaṃ chindante); AN.iv.97 (asinā hanti attānaṃ); Ja.iv.118 (asi sunisito), Ja.iv.184; Ja.v.45 (here meaning “sickle”), Ja.v.47 …

assa →

pts

Assa1

shoulder; in cpd. assapuṭa shoulder-bag, knapsack i.e. a bag containing provisions instr. assupuṭena with provisions. Later exegesis has interpreted this as a bag full of ashes, …

assasati →

pts

  1. to breathe, to breathe out, to exhale Ja.i.163; Ja.vi.305 (gloss assāsento passāsento susu ti saddaṃ karonto); Vism.272. Usually in combn. with passasati to inhale …

assattha →

pts

Assattha1

the holy fig-tree, Ficus, Religiosa the tree under which the Buddha attained enlightenment i.e. the Bo tree Vin.iv.35; DN.ii.4 (sammā-sambuddho assatthassa mūle abhisambuddho); …

asura →

pts

fallen angel, a Titan pl. asurā the Titans, a class of mythological beings. Dhpāla at Pv-a.272 & the C. on Ja.v.186 define them as kāḷakañjaka-bhedā asurā. The are classed with other similar infer …

asāta →

pts

adjective disagreeable Vin.i.78 (asātā vedanā, cp. asātā vedanā M Vastu I 5); Snp.867; Ja.i.288, Ja.i.410; Ja.ii.105; Dhs.152, Dhs.1343.

a + sāta, Sk. aśāta, Kern’s interpretation & etymology of asā …

ati →

pts

indeclinable adv. and prep of direction (forward motion), in primary meaning “on and further”, then “up to and beyond”.

I. in abstr position

adverbially (only as ttg.): in excess, extremel …

atidisati →

pts

to give further explanation, to explain in detail Mil.304.

ati + disati

atinicaka →

pts

adjective too low, only in phrase cakkavāḷaṃ atisambādhaṃ Brahmaloko atinīcako the World is too narrow and Heaven too low (to comprehend the merit of a person, as sign of exceeding merit) Dhp-a.i.3 …

atisambādha →

pts

adjective too tight, crowded or narrow Dhp-a.i.310; Dhp-a.iii.310 = Vv-a.68; cp. atinīcaka. f. abstr. atisambādhatā the state of being too narrow Ja.i.7.

ati + sambādha

atisanta →

pts

adjective extremely peaceful Sdhp.496.

ati + santa1

atisara →

pts

adjective transgressing, sinning Ja.iv.6; cp. atisāra.

fr. atisarati; cp. accasara

atisarati →

pts

to go too far, to go beyond the limit, to overstep, transgress, aor. accasari (q.v.) Snp.8 sq (opp. paccasari; C. atidhāvi); Ja.v.70 and atisari Ja.iv.6. ger …

atisaya →

pts

superiority, distinction, excellence, abundance Vv-a.135 (= visesa); Pv-a.86; Dāvs ii.62.

cp. Sk. atiśaya, fr. ati + śī

atisayati →

pts

to surpass, excel; ger. atisayitvā Mil.336 (+ atikkamitvā).

ati + śī

atisañcara →

pts

(˚cāra?) wandering about too much Mil.277.

ati + sañcāra

atisaṇha →

pts

adjective too subtle Dhp-a.iii.326.

ati + saṇha

atisāra →

pts

going too far, overstepping the limit, trespassing, false step, slip, danger Vin.i.55 (sātisāra), Vin.i.326 (id.); SN.i.74; MN.iii.237; Snp.889 (atisāraṃ diṭṭhiyo = diṭṭhigatāni Mnd.297; going beyon …

atisāyaṃ →

pts

adverb very late, late in the evening Ja.v.94.

ati + sāyaṃ

ativisā →

pts

Name of a plant Vin.i.201; Vin.iv.35.

Sk. ativiṣā

ativāhika →

pts

one who belongs to a conveyance, one who conveys or guides, a conductor (of a caravan Ja.v.471, Ja.v.472 (˚purisa).

fr. ativāha

attan →

pts

atta (the latter is the form used in compn.)

I. Inflection

  1. of attan- (n. stem); the foll. cases are the most freq:
    ■ acc. attānaṃ DN.i.13, DN.i.18 …

attha →

pts

Attha1

(also aṭṭha, esp. in combinations mentioned under 3) masculine & neuter

  1. interest, advantage, gain; (moral) good blessing, welfare; profit, prosperity, well-b …

avacara →

pts

(-˚) neuter adjective

  1. (adj.) living in or with, moving in DN.i.206 (santika˚ one who stays near, a companion); fig. dealing or familiar with, at home in AN.ii.189 (atakka˚); AN.iv.314 (parisā˚); …

avasesa →

pts

Avasesa1

remainder, remaining part; only in compounds an˚; (adj.) without any remainder i.e. fully, completely MN.i.220 = AN.v.347 (˚dohin); AN.i.20 sq., AN.i.88; Snp.146; Pp.17; Dhs.363 …

avassajati →

pts

Avassajati & ossajati

to let loose, let go, send off, give up, dismiss, release (ava) Ja.iv.425; Ja.v.487 (aor. avassaji read for avissaji).

ava + sṛj, perhaps ud + sṛj = Sk. utsṛjati, althoug …

avaṃ →

pts

…avaṃsirā adhogata-sīsā Snp-a.290); Vv.52#25 (of Revatī, + uddhaṃpāda); Pv.iv.1#46; Ja.i.233 (+ uddhapāda); Ja.iv.103 (nirayaṃ…

avecca →

pts

adverb certainly, definitely, absolutely, perfectly, expld. by Bdhgh. as acala (on DN.ii.217), or as paññāya ajjhogahetvā (on Snp.229); by Dhp. as apara-paccaya-bhāvena (on Pv.iv.1#25)

avijjā →

pts

ignorance; the main root of evil and of continual rebirth (see paṭicca-samuppāda, cp. SN.ii.6, SN.ii.9, SN.ii.12; Snp.p.141 & many other passages) See on term; Cpd. 83 n. 3, 18 …

avippaṭisāra →

pts

absence of regret or remorse AN.iii.46.

a + vippaṭisāra

avisaggatā →

pts

state of being undisturbed harmony, balance Ja.vi.224 (C. avisaggata). Cp. avyagga.

a + visaggatā, variant reading viy˚, thus as a + viyagga, Sk. vyagra = ākula

avisare →

pts

at Ja.v.117 according to Kern,

Toevoegselen

s.v. corrupted from avisaye, i.e. towards a wrong or unworthy object, C. differently: avisare = avisaritvā atikkamitva; variant reading adhisare.

a …

avisaṃvādaka →

pts

adjective not deceiving, not lying DN.i.4; DN.iii.170; Pp.57; DN-a.i.73.

a + visaṃvada + ka

avisaṃvādanatā →

pts

honesty, faithfulness, uprightness DN.iii.190.

abstr. fr. a + visaṃvāda

avisaṃvādeti →

pts

to keep one’s word, to be honest, to be true Ja.v.124.

a + visaṃ + Caus. of vad

avissāsaniya →

pts

adjective not to be trusted, untrustworthy Ja.iii.474.

a + visāsana + iya, ika

avisāhaṭa →

pts

adjective imperturbed Dhs.15, Dhs.24, Dhs.287, Dhs.570. (˚mānasata).

a + visāhaṭa

avyagga →

pts

adjective not bewildered, not confused SN.v.66. Cp. avisaggatā.

a + vyagga, Sc. vyagra

aya FIXME double →

pts

Ayo & Aya

neuter iron. The nom. ayo found only in set of 5 metals forming an alloy of gold (jātarūpa), viz ayo, loha (copper), tipu (tin), *sīsa

ayaṃ →

pts

pronoun demonstr. pron. “this, he”; f. ayaṃ; nt. idaṃ & imaṃ “this, it” etc. This pron. combines in its inflection two stems, viz. as˚; (ayaṃ in nom. m. & f.) & im˚; (id in nom. nt.).

I. Form …

ayo →

pts

Ayo & Aya

neuter iron. The nom. ayo found only in set of 5 metals forming an alloy of gold (jātarūpa), viz ayo, loha (copper), tipu (tin), *sīsa

añjana →

pts

ointment, esp. a collyrium for the eyes, made of antimony, adj. anointed, smeary glossy, black (cp. kaṇha ii. and kāla1 note).

  1. Vin.i.203 (five kinds viz. kāḷ˚, ras˚, sot˚, geruka, kapal …

añjanisalākā →

pts

stick to put the ointment on with Vin.i.203; Vin.ii.135; Ja.iii.419.

añña →

pts

pronoun another etc

A. By itself

  1. other not the same, different, another, somebody else (opp oneself) Vin.iii.144 (aññena, scil. maggena, gacchati to take a different route); Snp.459, Sn …

aññātaka →

pts

Aññātaka1

he who is not a kinsman Dhp-a.i.222.

a + ñātaka, cp. Sk. ajñāti

Aññātaka2

adjective unknown, unrecognisable, only in phrase -vesena in unknown form, in disguis …

aḍḍha →

pts

Aḍḍha1

(& addha) one half, half; usually in compn. (see below), like diyaḍḍha 1 1/2 (˚sata 150) Pv-a.155 (see as to meaning Stede, Peta Vatthu p. 107). Note. aḍḍha is nev …

aḷāra →

pts

adjective only used with ref. to the eyelashes, & usually expld. by visāla, i.e. extended wide, but also by bahala, i.e. thick. The meaning etym. is as yet uncertain. Ke …

aṅgulika →

pts

finger Ja.iii.13 (pañc˚); Ja.v.204 (vaṭṭ˚ = pavāḷ˚ ankurasadisā vaṭṭangulī Ja.v.207). See also pañcangulika. Anguli & Anguli;

= angulī

aṇu →

pts

adjective small, minute, atomic, subtle (opp. thūla, q.v.) DN.i.223; SN.i.136; SN.v.96 (˚bīja); Snp.299 (anuto aṇuṃ gradually); Ja.iii.12 (= appamattaka); Ja.iv.203; Dhs.230, Dhs.61 …

aṭṭha →

pts

… ■ In distances: a karīsā Dhp-a.ii.80; Dhp-a.iv.217; Pv-a.258; a. usabhā Ja.iv.142. 3. in combn. with 100 and 1000 it…

bala →

pts

Bala1

neuter

  1. strength power, force DN.ii.73; AN.i.244; Thag.188; Dhp.109 (one of the 4 blessings, viz. āyu, vaṇṇa, sukha, bala; cp Dhp-a.ii.239); Pv.i.5#12 (= kāya-bala Pv-a.30); Pv …

balaka →

pts

adjective strong; only in kisa˚; of meagre strength, weakly MN.i.226; and dub˚; weak MN.i.435 Cp. balika.

fr. bala

balavant →

pts

adjective strong, powerful, sturdy MN.i.244 (purisa) SN.i.222; Ja.ii.406; Dhp-a.ii.208; Vv-a.35; Pv-a.94. Comparative balavatara Mil.131; f. -a(n)tarī Sdhp.452. In compound balava˚; e.g. *- …

balin →

pts

adjective strong Thag.12 (paññā˚); Vv.64#7; Dhp.280; Ja.iii.484; Ja.vi.147. Balisa & Balisa;

fr. bala

balisa →

pts

Balisa & Baḷisa

masculine & neuter a fish-hook SN.ii.226 = SN.iv.158 (āmisa-gataṃ b.); Cnd.374 (kāma˚ variant reading palisa); Ja.i.482 sq.; Ja.iii.283; Ja.iv.195; Ja.v.273 sq. Ja.v.389; Ja.vi.416; …

balīyati →

pts

to have strength, to grow strong, to gain power, to overpower Snp.770 (= sahati parisahati abhibhavati Mnd.12, cp. Mnd.361); Ja.iv.84 (vv.ll. khalī˚ & paliyy˚; C explains by avattharati) = Pv.ii.6#1 ( …

bandhava →

pts

  1. kinsman, member of a clan or family, relative AN.iii.44; Snp.60 (pl. bandhavāni in poetry; cp. Cnd.455); Dhp.288 (pl. bandhavā) Ja.ii.316; Ja.v.81; DN-a.i.243.
  2. (-˚) one who is connected with o …

barihisa →

pts

the sacrificial grass DN.i.141; MN.i.344; AN.ii.207; Pp.56.

Vedic barhis

baḷisa →

pts

Balisa & Baḷisa

masculine & neuter a fish-hook SN.ii.226 = SN.iv.158 (āmisa-gataṃ b.); Cnd.374 (kāma˚ variant reading palisa); Ja.i.482 sq.; Ja.iii.283; Ja.iv.195; Ja.v.273 sq. Ja.v.389; Ja.vi.416; …

bha →

pts

indeclinable the letter or sound (syllable) bh; figuring in Bdhgh’s exegesis of the N. Bhagavā as representing bhava, whereas ga stands for gamana, va for vanta Kp-a.109
■ …

bhajati →

pts

to associate with (acc.), keep companionship with, follow, resort to; to be attached to (acc.), to love. Freq. syn. of sevati. The Dhtp & Dhtm mark the fig. meaning (bhaj2</su …

bhallaka →

pts

kind of copper, enumerated under the eight pisāca-lohāni, or copper coming from the Piśāca country Vb-a.63 (is reading correct?) It is doubtful whether we should not read mallaka, cp malla.

lit. fr …

bhava →

pts

“becoming”, (form of) rebirth, (state of) existence, a “life.” There are 3 states of existence conventionally enumerated as kāma˚ rūpa˚, arūpa˚; or sensual existence, deva-corporeal, formless exist …

bhavati →

pts

to become, to be, exist, behave etc. (cp. Cnd.474 sambhavati jāyati nibbattati pātu-bhavati)

I. Forms

There are two bases used side by side, viz bhav˚; and (contracted) ho˚; the latte …

bhaya →

pts

fear, fright, dread AN.ii.15 (jāti-maraṇa˚); DN.iii.148, DN.iii.182; Dhp.39, Dhp.123, Dhp.212 sq., Dhp.283; Mnd.371, Mnd.409; Pp.56; Vism.512; Kp-a.108; Snp-a.155; Dhp-a.iii.23. There are some len …

bhañjaka →

pts

adjective breaking, spoiling, destroying (attha˚
■ visaṃvāda; cp. bhañjanaka) Ja.iii.499.

fr. bhañjati

bheda →

pts

  1. breaking, rending, breach, disunion, dissension Vism.64 sq. (contrasted with ānisaṃsa), Vism.572 sq (with ref. to upādāna & bhava); Vb-a.185 (id.); Sdhp.66, Sdhp.457, Sdhp.463
    mithu˚; bre …

bhesajja →

pts

remedy, medicament, medicine Vin.i.278; DN.ii.266; MN.i.30; Snp-a.154, Snp-a.446; Sdhp.393-bhesajjaṃ karoti to treat with a medicine Dhp-a.i.25 mūla-bhesajjāni the principal medicines Mil.43; pañ …

bhikkhunī →

pts

an almswoman, a female mendicant a Buddhist nun DN.iii.123 sq., DN.iii.148, DN.iii.168 sq., DN.iii.264; Vin.iv.224 sq., Vin.iv.258 sq. (˚sangha); SN.i.128; SN.ii.215 sq. SN.iv.159 sq.; AN.i.88, AN.i.1 …

bhisa →

pts

the sprout (fr. the root) of a lotus the lotus fibres, lotus plant SN.i.204; SN.ii.268; Ja.i.100 Ja.iv.308.

  • -puppha the lotus flower Snp.2 (= paduma-puppha Snp-a.16).
  • *-[m …

bhisakka →

pts

physician MN.i.429; AN.iii.238 AN.iv.340; Iti.101; Mil.169, Mil.215, Mil.229, Mil.247 sq., Mil.302; Vism.598 (in simile); DN-a.i.67, DN-a.i.255.

cp. Vedic bhiṣaj physician, P. bhesajja medicine & s …

bhiṃsa →

pts

adjective terrible; only in cpd. -rūpa (nt. & adj.) an awful sight; (of) terrific appearance, terrible, awful Ja.iii.242, Ja.iii.339; Ja.iv.271, Ja.iv.494. Bhimsana & ka;

= Vedic bhīṣma, of which …

bho →

pts

indeclinable a familiar term of address (in speaking to equals or inferiors): sir friend, you, my dear; pl. sirs DN.i.88, DN.i.90, DN.i.93, DN.i.111; MN.i.484; Snp.427, Snp.457, Snp.487; with voc. of …

bhāga →

pts

  1. part, portion, fraction, share Vin.i.285; Snp.427 (sahassa-bhāgo maraṇassa = sahassaṃ bhāgānaṃ assā ti Snp-a.387; a thousand times a share of death, i.e. very near death, almost quite dead), Snp. …

bhāra →

pts

  1. anything to carry, a load Vin.iii.278 (Bdhgh; dāru˚ a load of wood) bhāraṃ vahati to carry a load AN.i.84; Vv-a.23
    garu˚ a heavy load, as “adj.” “carrying a heavy load” Ja.v.439 (of a w …

bhātar →

pts

brother, nom. sg. bhātā Snp.296; Ja.i.307; Pv-a.54, Pv-a.64 gen. sg. bhātuno Thag-a.71 (Tha-ap.36), & bhātussa Mhvs.8, Mhvs.9; instr. bhātarā Ja.i.308; acc. bhātaraṃ Snp.125; Ja.i.307; loc …

bhīruka →

pts

adjective afraid, shy, cowardly, shunning (-˚) Vism.7 (pāpa˚), Vism.645 (jīvitu-kāma bhīruka-purisa).

fr. bhīru

bhīsana →

pts

adjective = bhiṃsana (q.v.) Pv.iv.3#5 (variant reading in Pv-a.251), explained by bhayajanana Pv-a.251, where C. reading also bhīsana.

bhūmi →

pts

  1. (lit.) ground, soil, earth Vin.ii.175; Snp.418 (yāna carriage road); Pv.i.10#14≈; Snp-a.353 (heṭṭhā-bhūmiyaṃ under the earth); Dhp-a.i.414 (id., opp. upari-bhūmiyaṃ)
  2. place, quarter, district …

bimbi →

pts

(or bimbī) gold, of golden colour DN-a.i.280 = Snp-a.448 (in Bdhgh’s fanciful etym of king Bimbisāra, viz. bimbī ti suvaṇṇaṃ, sārasuvaṇṇa-sadisa-vaṇṇatāya B.).

  • *-[jāla](/def …

bindu →

pts

  1. a drop, usually a drop of water Snp.392, Snp.812 (uda˚); Ja.i.100; Vism.531 (madhu˚) Thag-a.281; Pv-a.98 (udaka˚).
  2. a spot (cp. SBE xvii.155) Vism.222 (˚vicitvā gāvī a spotted cow).
  3. (as adj. …

bodhi →

pts

Bodhi1

feminine (supreme knowledge, enlightenment, the knowledge possessed by a Buddha (see also sambodhi & sammā-sambodhi) MN.i.356; MN.ii.95 = DN.iii.237 (saddho h …

brahant →

pts

adjective very great, vast, high, lofty, gigantic; nom sg. brahā Snp.410, Snp.550; Thag.31; Ja.iii.117 (= dīgha C.); Ja.iv.111 (su˚); Ja.iv.64#2; Pv.iv.3#10 (of a huge tree), acc sg. brahantaṃ AN. …

brahma →

pts

Brahma & Brahmā

I. Brahman

neuter [cp. Vedic bráhman nt. prayer; nom. sg bráhma]

  1. the supreme good; as a buddhistic term used in a sense different from the brahmanic (save in controvers …

brahmacariya →

pts

term (not in the strictly Buddhist sense) for observance of vows of holiness, particularly of chastity: good & moral living (brahmaṃ cariyaṃ brahmāṇaṃ vā cariyaṃ = brahmacariyaṃ Kp-a.151); esp. in Bu …

brahmā →

pts

Brahma & Brahmā

I. Brahman

neuter [cp. Vedic bráhman nt. prayer; nom. sg bráhma]

  1. the supreme good; as a buddhistic term used in a sense different from the brahmanic (save in controvers …

brāhmaṇa →

pts

Brāhmaṇa1

a member of the Brahman caste; a Br teacher. In the Buddhist terminology also used for a man leading a pure, sinless & ascetic life, often even syn. with arahant
■ On brāhmaṇas …

buddha →

pts

Buddha1

adjective

  1. understood SN.i.35 = SN.i.60 (su-dub-buddha very difficult to understand)
  2. having attained enlightenment, wise AN.iv.449; Pv-a.16 (buddh’ ādayo), Pv-a.60 (= ari …

buddhatta →

pts

state of (perfect) enlightenment, (attainment of) Buddhahood Ja.iii.363 (sabbadhammānaṃ b.); Vism.209 (buddhattā Buddho) Mhbv.12. Cp. buddhatā and abhisambuddhatta.

abstr. fr. buddha

byūha →

pts

  1. the array or arrangement of troops in particular positions, order of parade or battle DN-a.i.85. Three formations of troops are mentioned at Ja.ii.404 & Ja.ii.406, viz. paduma-vyūha (lotus format …

bāhiraka →

pts

adjective outsider, non-religious, non-Buddhist, heretic profane SN.ii.267; AN.i.73; AN.iii.107; Kv.172 (isayo) Vv-a.67 (itthi).

  • -kathā unreligious discussion, profane story …

bālakin →

pts

adjective having fools, consisting of fools; f. -inī MN.i.373 (parisā).

fr. bālaka

bālisika →

pts

fisherman SN.ii.226; SN.iv.158; Ja.i.482; Ja.iii.52 (cp. Fick. Sociale Gliederung p. 194); Mil.364 Mil.412; Dhp-a.iii.397.

fr. balisa

bālya →

pts

  1. childhood, youth SN.iii.1.
  2. ignorance, folly Dhp.63; Ja.ii.220 (= bāla-bhāva); Ja.iii.278 (balya); Pv-a.40. Also used as adj. in compar. bālyatara more foolish, extremely foolish Vv.83#6 sq …

bāvīsati →

pts

number twenty-two Kv.218; Mil.419; Dhs-a.2.

bā = dvā, + vīsati

cajati →

pts

  1. to let loose, to emit, to discharge AN.ii.33; Ja.ii.342 (mutta karīsaṃ) fig. to utter (a speech) Ja.v.362.
  2. to abandon to give up, sacrifice (with loc. of person to whom Asuresu pāṇaṃ SN.i.224 = …

cakka →

pts

I. Crude meaning

  1. a wheel (of a carriage) Dhp.1; Pv-a.65 (ratha˚); Mil.27.
  2. a discus used as a missile weapon Ja.i.74; Pgdp.36; cp khura˚ a razor as an instr. of torture.
  3. a disc, a …

cakkavāḷa →

pts

circle, a sphere, esp. a mythical range of mountains supposed to encircle the world; pl worlds or spheres Ja.i.53, Ja.i.203; Ja.vi.330; Vism.205 (its extent), Vism.207, Vism.367, Vism.421; Dhs-a.297; …

cakkhu →

pts

the eye (nom. sg. cakkhuṃ) Vin.i.34; SN.i.115; MN.iii.134 etc.)

I. The eye as organ of sense

  1. psychologically cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā “seeing visible object (shape with the eye” (Nd ii.on …

cakkhula →

pts

adjective in visama˚ squint-eyed. squinting Ja.i.353; Ja.vi.548.

= cakkhuka

camma →

pts

  1. skin, hide, leather Vin.i.192 (sīha˚ vyaggha˚ dīpi˚), Vin.i.196 (elaka˚ aja˚ miga˚) AN.iv.393 (sīha˚ dīpi˚); Pv-a.157 (kadalimiga˚ as rug) Ja.ii.110 (sīha˚); Ja.iii.82, Ja.iii.184; Mil.53; Sdhp.14 …

cara →

pts

noun adjective

  1. the act of going about, walking; one who walks or lives (usually -˚): oka˚ living in water MN.i.117; Ja.vi.416; antara˚ SN.iv.173; eka˚ solitary Snp.166; saddhiṃ˚ a companion Snp.4 …

carati →

pts

to move about, to “live and move,” to behave, to be
imper act. cara (Ja.i.152), carā (metri causa, Ja.iii.393); imper. med. carassu (Snp.696), pl. carāmase (= exhortative, Snp.32); -ppr. caranto …

cattārīsa →

pts

(& cattālīsa) forty SN.ii.85; Snp.p.87; Iti.99≈. Usually cattāḷīsa Ja.i.58; Ja.v.433; Dhp-a.i.41; Dhp-a.ii.9. 93.

  • -danta having 40 teeth (one of the characteristics of a Mahāp …

cattārīsaka →

pts

adjective having forty MN.iii.77.

catur →

pts

base of numeral four

  1. As num. adj. nom. & acc. m cattāro (Dhp.109; Ja.iii.51) and caturo (Snp.84, Snp.188), f. catasso (Snp.1122), nt. cattāri (Snp.227); gen. m. catunnaṃ (Snp.p.102), (f. catassa …

cela →

pts

cloth, esp. clothes worn, garment, dress AN.i.206; Pv.ii.12#7 (kañcanā˚ for kañcana˚); Pv.iii.9#3 (for veḷa); dhāti˚ baby’s napkin Ja.iii.539. In simile of one whose clothes are on fire (āditta˚ + ād …

cetanā →

pts

state of ceto in action, thinking as active thought, intention, purpose, will Defined as action (kamma: AN.iii.415; cp. Kvu.viii.9 § 38 untraced quotation; cp. AN.v.292). Often comb …

ceteti →

pts

Cinteti & ceteti

Forms

  1. cint:
    pres cinteti
    pot cinteyya;
    ppr cintento & cintayanto (Snp.834)
    aor cintesi, 3rd pl. cintesuṃ (Ja.i.149), acintayuṃ (Snp.258)
    ger ci …

cha →

pts

Cha & Chaḷ

(cha in composition effects gemination of consonant, e.g. chabbīsati = cha + vīsati, chabbaṇṇa cha + vaṇṇa, chaḷ only before vowels in compound chaḷanga, chaḷ-abhiññā) the number six.

chava →

pts

  1. a corpse Vin.ii.115 (˚sīsassa patta a bowl made out of a skull) See compounds
  2. (adj.) vile, low, miserable, wretched Vin.ii.112, Vin.ii.188; SN.i.66; MN.i.374; AN.ii.57; Ja.iv.263.
  • *-[aṭṭhika …

chaḍḍeti →

pts

to spit out, to vomit, throw away; abandon, leave reject Vin.214 sq.; Vin.iv.265; MN.i.207; SN.i.169 (chaṭṭehi wrongly for chaḍḍehi) = Snp.p.15; Ja.i.61, Ja.i.254, Ja.i.265, Ja.i.292 Ja.v.427; Pp.33; …

chaḷ →

pts

Cha & Chaḷ

(cha in composition effects gemination of consonant, e.g. chabbīsati = cha + vīsati, chabbaṇṇa cha + vaṇṇa, chaḷ only before vowels in compound chaḷanga, chaḷ-abhiññā) the number six.

cheda →

pts

cutting, destruction, loss Snp.367 (˚bandhana); Ja.i.419; Ja.i.485; sīsa˚; decapitation Dhp-a.ii.204; Pv-a.5; aṇḍa˚; castration Ja.iv.364; - bhatta ˚ṃ karoti to put on short …

chindati →

pts

to cut off, to destroy, to remove, both lit. (bandhanaṃ, pāsaṃ, pasibbakaṃ, jīvaṃ, gīvaṃ, sīsaṃ hatthapāde, etc.) and fig. (taṇhaṃ, mohaṃ, āsavā saṃyojanāni, vicikicchaṃ, vanathaṃ, etc.) Freq. in …

chinna →

pts

cut off, destroyed Vin.i.71 (acchinna-kesa with unshaven hair); MN.i.430; DN.ii.8 (˚papañca); Ja.i.255; Ja.ii.155; Ja.iv.138; Dhp.338; Pv.i.11#2 (variant reading for bhinna), Pv.i.11#6; Dhp-a.iv.48. …

cikkhassati →

pts

to wish to drop, to ooze out Mil.152 (˚ssanto), see Kern.

Toevoegselen

ii.139 & Morris, J.P.T.S. 1884, 87.

Desid. of kṣar = Sk. cikṣariṣati

cikkhati →

pts

(cikkhanā, etc.) to tell, to announce: see *ā*˚ & paṭisaṃ˚.

Freq. of khyā, Dhtp.19: cikkh = vacane

cinteti →

pts

Cinteti & ceteti

Forms

  1. cint:
    pres cinteti
    pot cinteyya;
    ppr cintento & cintayanto (Snp.834)
    aor cintesi, 3rd pl. cintesuṃ (Ja.i.149), acintayuṃ (Snp.258)
    ger ci …

cita →

pts

heaped; lined or faced with (cp. citaka2) pokkharaṇiyo iṭṭhakāhi citā DN.ii.178, cp. Vin.ii.123.

  • -antaraṃsa “one whose shoulder-hole is heaped up, one who has th …

citta →

pts

Citta1 & Citra

adjective variegated, manifold, beautiful; tasty, sweet, spiced (of cakes), Ja.iv.30 (geṇḍuka); Dhp.171 (rājaratha); Vv.47#9; Pv.ii.11#2 (aneka˚); Pv.iv.3#13 (pūvā = madhurā …

ciṅgulaka →

pts

(& ˚ika) masculine neuter

  1. a kind of plant Snp.239 (= kaṇavīra-pupphasaṇṭhāna-sīsa Snp-a.283).
  2. a toy windmill, made of palm-leaves, etc. (DN-a.i.86: tālapaṇṇādīhi kataṃ vātappahārena paribb …

cuta →

pts

  1. (adj.) shifted, disappeared, deceased, passed from one existence to another Vin.iv.216; Snp.774, Snp.899; Iti.19, Iti.99; Ja.i.139, Ja.i.205; Pp.17
    -accuta permanent. no …

cāga →

pts

  1. abandoning, giving up, renunciation. Vin.i.10 SN.iii.13 SN.iii.26 SN.iii.158 MN.i.486 AN.i.299 More frequently as
  2. liberality, generosity, munificence (n.) generous munificent (adj.): sīlasampann …

cātur →

pts

Cātur˚

(and cātu˚) consisting of four. Only in compounds viz.

  • -(r)anta (adj.) “of four ends,” i.e. covering or belonging to the 4 points of the compass, all-encircling, Ep of the earth: Ja.ii. …

cāvanā →

pts

moving, shifting, disappearance Vin.iii.112 (ṭhānato); Sdhp.61 (id.).

cīvara →

pts

the (upper) robe of a Buddhist mendicant C. is the first one of the set of 4 standard requisites of a wandering bhikkhu, vir. c˚, piṇḍapāta alms-bowl, *[senāsana](/define/senās …

dakkha →

pts

Dakkha1

adjective dexterous skilled, handy, able, clever DN.i.45, DN.i.74, DN.i.78; DN.iii.190 (+ analasa) MN.i.119; MN.iii.2; SN.i.65; Cnd.141 (+ analasa & sampajāna); Ja.iii.247; DN-a …

dakkhiṇa →

pts

adjective

  1. right (opp vāma left), with a tinge of the auspicious, lucky prominent: Vin.ii.195 (hattha); Pv-a.112, Pv-a.132 (id.) Pts.i.125. hattha, pāda, etc. with ref. to a Tathāgata’s body); Ja …

dakkhiṇā →

pts

gift, a fee, a donation; a donation given to a “holy” person with ref. to unhappy beings in the Peta existence (“Manes”), intended to induce the alleviation of their sufferings; an intercessional, exp …

damma →

pts

adjective to be tamed or restrained; esp with ref. to a young bullock MN.i.225 (balagāvā dammagāvā the bulls & the young steers); Iti.80; also of other animals: assadamma-sārathi a horse-trainer AN. …

danta →

pts

…Vism.251; Vv-a.104 (īsā˚ long tusks); Pv-a.90, Pv-a.152 (fang); Sdhp.360.

  • -ajina ivory MN.ii.71 (gloss:…

dasa →

pts

Dasa1

the number ten; gen dasannaṃ (Dhp.137); instr. dasahi (Kp iii.) & dasabhi (Vin.i.38). In compounds (-˚) also as ḷasa (soḷasa 16) rasa (terasa 13; pannar˚ 15; aṭṭhār˚ 18).

I. *M …

dassati →

pts

*Dassati1

to see, to perceive.

  1. (pres.) base dakkh [Sk. drakṣ]: pres.
    1. dakkhati Cnd.428 (= passati), 1st dakkhāmi ibid. (= passāmi) second dakkhasi SN.i.11 …

dassāvin →

pts

adjective noun full of insight, seeing, perceiving, taking notice of. In combination with -ñū (knowing) it plays the part of an additional emphasis to the 1st term = knowing & seeing i.e. having co …

daṇḍa →

pts

ra; (on ṇ: l cp. guṇa: guḷa etc.) to *del as in Sk. dala, dalati. Cp. Lat. dolare to cut, split, work in wood; delere to destroy; Gr.δαίδαλον work of art; Mhg. zelge twig; zol a stick Possibly also …

daṭṭhā →

pts

large tooth, tusk, fang Mil.150 (˚visa).

cp. dāṭhā

desa →

pts

point, part, place, region, spot, country, Vin.i.46; Vin.ii.211; MN.i.437; Ja.i.308; Dhs-a.307 (˚bhūta); Pv-a.78 (˚antara prob. to be read dos˚), Pv-a.153 Kp-a.132, Kp-a.227
desaṃ karoti to …

deseti →

pts

to point out, indicate, show; set forth, preach, teach; confess. Very freq. in phrase dhammaṃ d. to deliver a moral discourse to preach the Dhamma Vin.i.15; Vin.ii.87, Vin.ii.188; Vin.v.125, Vin.v.1 …

dessa →

pts

Dessa & Dessiya

adjective disagreeable, odious, detestable Ja.i.46; Ja.ii.285; Ja.iv.406 Ja.vi.570, Thag-a.268, Mil.281.

Sk. dveṣya, to dvis, see disa

dessati →

pts

to hate, dislike, detest Snp-a.168 (= na piheti, opp. kāmeti).

Sk. dviṣati & dveṣṭi; see etym. under disa

dessiya →

pts

Dessa & Dessiya

adjective disagreeable, odious, detestable Ja.i.46; Ja.ii.285; Ja.iv.406 Ja.vi.570, Thag-a.268, Mil.281.

Sk. dveṣya, to dvis, see disa

deva →

pts

god, a divine being; usually in pl. devā the gods. As title attributed to any superhuman being or beings regarded to be in certain respects above the human level. Thus primarily (see 1a) …

devatā →

pts

“condition or state of a deva, divinity; divine being, deity, fairy. The term comprises all beings which are otherwise styled devas, & a list of them given at Cnd.308 & based on the principle that any …

deḍḍubhaka →

pts

  1. a sort of snake (see prec.) Ja.i.361.
  2. a kind of girdle (in the form of a snake’s head) Vin.ii.136 (explained by udaka-sappi-sira-sadisa).

dhamani →

pts

vein Thag.408 Usually in cpd.: -santhata strewn with veins, with veins showing, i.e. emaciated (: nimmaṃsa-lohitatāya sirājālehi vitthatagatta Pv-a.68) Vin.iii.110; Ja.iv.371 …

dhamma →

pts

Dhamma1

masculine & rarely neuter constitution etc.

A. Definitions by Commentators

Bdhgh gives a fourfold meaning of the word dhamma (at DN-a.i.99; Dhp-a.i.22), viz. 1 guṇe ( …

dhiti →

pts

energy, courage, steadfastness, firm character, resolution. SN.i.122, SN.i.215 = Snp.188 (cp. Snp-a.237); Ja.i.266, Ja.i.280; Ja.iii.239; Ja.vi.373 Vb.211; Dhs.13 (+ thāma), Dhs.22, Dhs.289, Dhs.571 …

dhorayha →

pts

“Carrying a yoke” a beast of burden SN.i.28; DN.iii.113 (purisa˚); AN.i.162.

  • -vata (nt.) the practice of carrying a burden, the state of a beast of burden, drudgery SN.i.28;
  • *\ …

dhura →

pts

  1. a yoke, a pole, the shaft of a carriage Ja.i.192 (purima-sakaṭa˚) Ja.i.196; Cp.ii.8, Cp.ii.4.
  2. (fig.) a burden, load, charge, office, responsibility Snp.256 (vahanto porisaṃ dh ˚ṃ “carrying a hu …

dhutta →

pts

of abandoned life, wild, fast, cunning, crafty, fraudulent; wicked, bad. (m.) a rogue, cheat, evil-minded person, scoundrel, rascal. There are three sorts of a wild life, viz. akkha˚ in gambling, * …

dhātura →

pts

adj. -˚ in cha˚ consisting of six elements (purisa) MN.iii.239 (where āpodhātu omitted by mistake). See dhātu 2 c.

= *dhātuya

disa →

pts

an enemy Dhp.42, Dhp.162; Ja.iii.357; Ja.iv.217; Ja.v.453; Thag.874–Thag.6; cp. Pss. Breth., 323, n. i.

Sk. dviṣant & dviṣa (-˚); dveṣṭi & dviśati to hate; cp. Gr. δεινός (corynthic δvεινία, hom …

disati →

pts

to point, show; to grant, bestow etc. Usually in combination with pref. ā, or in Caus. deseti (q.v.). As simplex only at SN.i.217 (varaṃ disā to be read for disaṃ cp …

disatā →

pts

Disatā1

feminine direction, quarter, region, part of the world Ja.iv.359; Pv.ii.9#21 (kiṃ disataṃ gato “where in the world has he gone?”); Vv.ii.3#2 (sādisatā the circle of the 6 direction …

disā →

pts

point of the compass, region quarter, direction, bearings. The 4 principal points usualy enumerated are puratthimā (E) pacchimā (W) dakkhiṇā (S) uttarā (N …

diṭṭha →

pts

Diṭṭha1

  1. seen; a˚ not seen DN.i.222 (a˚ + avedita asacchikata); MN.i.3 sq. (diṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhato sañjānāti); Snp.147 (diṭṭhā vā ye vā addiṭṭhā), Snp.995 (na me diṭṭho ito pubbe na ssuto… Sat …

diṭṭhi →

pts

view, belief, dogma, theory, speculation, esp. false theory, groundless or unfounded opinion

  1. The latter is rejected by the Buddha as pāpa˚; (AN.iv.172) and pāpikā d. (opp bhaddikā: AN.v.212 sq …

domanassa →

pts

distress, dejectedness, melancholy, grief. As mental pain (cetasikaṃ asātaṃ cet. dukkhaṃ SN.v.209 = Cnd.312; cp DN.ii.306; Ne.12) opp. to dukkha physical pain: see *[dukkha](/defin …

dosa →

pts

Dosa1

corruption blemish, fault, bad condition, defect; depravity, corrupted state; usually -˚, as khetta˚ blight of the field Mil.360; tiṇa˚ spoilt by weeds Dhp.356; Pv-a.7; visa ill ef …

du →

pts

Du˚1

(& before vowels dur˚) indeclinable

  1. syllable of exclamation (= duḥ “bad, woe” (beginning the word du (j)-jīvitaṃ) Dhp-a.ii.6, Dhp-a.ii.10 = Pv-a.280, cp. Ja.iii.47; Bdhgh’s …

dukkha →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (adj. unpleasant, painful, causing misery (opp. sukha pleasant Vin.i.34; Dhp.117. Lit. of vedanā (sensation) MN.i.59 (˚ṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāna, see also below iii.1 …

dukkhita →

pts

adjective afflicted, dejected, unhappy, grieved, disappointed miserable, suffering, ailing (opp. sukhita) DN.i.72 (puriso ābādhiko d. bāḷha-gilāno); DN.ii.24; SN.i.149; SN.iii.11 = SN.iv.180 (sukhite …

dutiya →

pts

ordinal number

  1. (num.) the second, the following Ja.ii.102, Ja.ii.110 dutiyaṃ for the second time (cp. tatiyaṃ in series 1, 2 3) Vin.ii.188; DN.ii.155
  2. (adj. n.) one who follows or is associated …

dvi →

pts

number two.

A. Meanings

I. Two as unit

  1. with objective foundation:
    1. denoting a combination (pair, couple) or a repetition (twice). In this conn. frequent both objective …

dvidhā →

pts

numerical adverb in two parts, in two MN.i.114; Ja.i.253 (karoti), Ja.i.254 (chindati); Ja.i.298 (id.); Ja.iii.181; Ja.iv.101 (jāta disagreeing); Ja.vi.368 (bhindati). See also dvedhā & dveḷhaka.

dāna →

pts

  1. giving, dealing out, gift; almsgiving liberality, munificence; especially a charitable gift to a bhikkhu or to the community of bhikkhus, the Sangha (cp. deyyadhamma & yañña). As such it constitute …

dāsa →

pts

slave, often combined w. f. dāsī. Def. by Bdhgh as “antojāto” (DN-a.i.300), or as “antojātadhanakkīta-karamarânīta-sāmaṃ dāsabyaṃ upagatānaṃ aññataro” (ibid. DN-a.i.168)
■ In phrase *dāsā ca kam …

dāyāda →

pts

heir MN.i.86 = Cnd.199; SN.i.69, SN.i.90; SN.iv.72; AN.iii.72 sq.; Ja.iii.181; Ja.vi.151; Kp.viii.5. Often fig. with kamma˚; one who inherits his own deeds (see kamma 3 A b & co …

dīgha →

pts

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) long DN.i.17; MN.i.429; SN.i.104 (˚ṃ addhānaṃ); Snp.146, Snp.633 (opp. rassa); Dhp.60 Dhp.409; Pv.i.10#11 (˚ṃ antaraṃ all the time); Pv.ii.9#55 (id.) Thag.646 (˚m-antare); D …

edisa →

pts

adjective such like, such Vv.37#3; Pv-a.69, Pv-a.243.

Sk. īdṛśa

edisaka →

pts

Err:509

ehi →

pts

come, come here Snp.165; Ja.ii.159; Ja.vi.367); Dhp-a.i.49. In the later language part. of exhortation = Gr. α ̓́γε, Lat. age, “come on” Dhp-a.ii.91; Pv-a.201 (+ tāva = α ̓́γεδή). *[ehipassika](/d …

eka →

pts

adjective noun masculine one. Eka follows the pron. declension i.e. nom. pl. is eke (e.g. Snp.43, Snp.294, Snp.780 etc.)

  1. “one” as number, either with or without contrast to two or more; often al …

etādisa →

pts

adjective such, such like, of this kind DN.ii.157; Snp.588, Snp.681, Snp.836; Pv.i.9#4; Pv.iv.1#86 (= edisa yathā-vutta-rūpa Pv-a.243); Pv-a.ii.71.

etad + disa, of dṛś, cp. Sk. etādṛśa

gabbha →

pts

  1. interior, cavity (loc. gabbhe in the midst of: angāra˚ Ja.iii.55); an inner room, private chamber, bedroom, cell. Of a Vihāra Vin.ii.303; Vin.iii.119; Vin.iv.45; Vv-a.188; Vv-a.220
    ■ Ja.i.90 …

gabbhinī →

pts

adjective feminine pregnant, enceinte Vin.ii.268; SN.iii.202; Ja.i.151, Ja.i.290; Ja.iv.37; Pv.i.6#6; Pv-a.31, Pv-a.82: Vv-a.110 (-bhāva); in combination g˚ pāyamānā purisantaragatā (pregnant, lac …

gacchati →

pts

The three formations (described below in the etymology) are represented in Pāli as follows.

  1. gacch˚, in
    pres gacchati;
    imper gaccha & gacchāhi;
    pot gacche (Dhp.46, Dhp.224) & gacchey …

gaha →

pts

Gaha1

a house, usually in compounds (see below). Ja.iii.396 (= the layman’s life; Com. geha).

  • -kāraka a house-builder, metaph. of taṇhā (cp. kāya as geha) Dhp.153, …

gahapati →

pts

the possessor of a house, the head of the household pater familias (freq. + seṭṭhi).

  1. In formulas
    1. as regards social standing, wealth & clanship: a man of private (i.e. not official) life, cl …

gambhīra →

pts

  1. adjective deep, profound, unfathomable, well founded, hard to perceive difficult
    1. lit. of lakes: Dhp.83; Pv.ii.1#19 (= agādha) Pp.46; of a road (full of swamps) Ja.i.196
    2. fig of knowledge …

gamika →

pts

(and gamiya Ja.i.87) adjective going away, setting out for a journey (opp. āgantuka coming back) appl. to bhikkhus only: Vin.i.292 (˚ bhatta food for outgoing bh.); Vin.ii.170 (āgantuka˚), Vin.ii.21 …

gandha →

pts

smell, viz.

  1. odour, smell, scent in gen Ja.iii.189; Dhp.54–Dhp.56 = Mil.333; Dhs.605 under ghānâyatanāni); āma˚ smell of raw flesh AN.i.280; DN.ii.242; Snp.241 sq; maccha˚ the scent of fish Ja.iii. …

gandhin →

pts

adjective

  1. having a scent of, smelling of (-˚), i.e. candana˚ of sandal wood Ja.iii.190; gūtha of˚ faeces Pv.ii.3#15 (= karīsavāyinī Pv-a).
  2. dealing with scents a perfumer Pv-a.127 (= māgadha; …

garahati →

pts

to reproach, to blame, scold, censure, find fault with: agarahiyam mā garahittha “do not blame the blameless” SN.i.240; DN.i.161 (tapaṃ to reject, disapprove of); DN.iii.92, DN.iii.93 (aor. garahi, gr …

gata →

pts

gone, in all meanings of gacchati (q.v.) viz.

  1. literal. gone away, arrived at, directed to (c. acc.), opp ṭhita: gate ṭhite nisinne (loc. abs.) when going standing, sitting down (cp. gacchati 1) DN …

gathita →

pts

adjective tied, bound, fettered; enslaved, bound to greedy for, intoxicated with (c. loc.). When abs. always in combination w. paribhuñjati and w. ref. to some object of desire (bhoga, lābha, kāmaguṇe …

gati →

pts

  1. going, going away, (opp. āgati coming) (both gati & āgati usually in pregnant sense of No. (2) See āgati); direction, course, career. Freq of the two careers of a Mahāpurisa (viz. either a Cakkavat …

gatta →

pts

the body, pl. gattāni the limbs. - As body: Vin.i.47; SN.i.169 = SN.i.183 (analla˚ with pure bodies; anallīna˚ at SN.i.169, but variant reading analla˚); AN.i.138; Snp.673 (samacchida˚ with bodies cu …

gaḷati →

pts

(and galati) [Sk. galati, cp. Ohg. quellan to well up, to flow out; see note on gala and cp. also jala water

  1. to drip, flow, trickle (trs. & intr.) Vin.i.204 (natthu g.); MN.i.336 (sīsaṃ lohitena g …

gaṇa →

pts

    1. in special sense: a meeting or a chapter of (two or three bhikkhus, a company (opposed both to sangha, the order & puggala, the individual) Vin.i.58, Vin.i.74, Vin.i.195, Vin.i.197 Vin.ii.170, V …

gaṇhati →

pts

Gaṇhati & Gaṇhāti

The forms of the verb are from three bases, viz.

  1. gaṇha- (Sk. gṛhṇā-);
    Pres.: ind. gaṇhāti (gaṇhāsi Pv-a.87)
    pot gaṇheyya,
    imper gaṇha (Ja.i.159; Pv-a.49 …

gaṇhāti →

pts

Gaṇhati & Gaṇhāti

The forms of the verb are from three bases, viz.

  1. gaṇha- (Sk. gṛhṇā-);
    Pres.: ind. gaṇhāti (gaṇhāsi Pv-a.87)
    pot gaṇheyya,
    imper gaṇha (Ja.i.159; Pv-a.49 …

gaṇḍī →

pts

  1. a shaft or stalk, used as a bar Ja.i.237
  2. a gong Dhp-a.i.291 (gaṇḍiṃ paharati to beat the g.), Dhp-a.ii.54, Dhp-a.ii.244; gaṇḍiṃ ākoṭetvā Kp-a.251. Cp. Avs.i.258 Avs.i.264, Avs.i.272; Avs.ii. …

ghara →

pts

Ghara1

(nt.; pl. ˚ā Dhp.241, Dhp.302) a house AN.ii.68; Snp.43 (gahaṭṭhā gharaṃ āvasantā), Snp.337 (abl gharā), Snp.889 (id. gharamhā); Ja.i.290 (id. gharato), Ja.iv.2, Ja.iv.364, Ja.iv.49 …

ghaṭṭa →

pts

see araghaṭṭa; meaning “rubbed, knocked against” in phrase ghaṭṭa-pāda-tala Snp-a.582 (for ugghaṭṭha) also at Vin.iv.46 in def. of vehāsa-kuṭī (a cell or hut with air, i.e., …

gihin →

pts

adjective noun a householder, one who leads a domestic life, a layman (opp. pabbajita & paribbājaka). Geu. sg. gihissa (DN.iii.147, DN.iii.167) & gihino (DN.iii.174); n. pl. gihī; in compounds *gihī …

gilati →

pts

to swallow to devour: mā Rāhu gilī caraṃ antalikkhe SN.i.51 = Vv-a.116; mā gilī lohagulaṃ Dhp.371
■ Ja.iii.338; Mil.106
pp gilita: gilitabaḷisa having swallowed the hook SN.iv …

giri →

pts

mountain; as a rule only in cpds, by itself (poetical) only at Vism.206 (in enumn of the 7 large mountains).

  • -agga mountain top, in giraggasamajja Name of a festival c …

go →

pts

, f.) a cow, an ox, bull, pl. cattle. For f. cp gāvī; see also *gava*˚ for cpds
■ Sg. nom. go (Snp.580 also in composition, cp. aja-go-mahisādi Pv-a.80 = pasū) gen. gavassa (MN.i. …

gotta →

pts

ancestry, lineage. There is no word in English for gotta. It includes all those descended, or supposed to be descended, from a common ancestor. A gotta name is al …

goṇisādika →

pts

an ox-stall Vin.i.240; cp. Vin. Texts ii.121. As gonisādi Vin.iii.46.

goṭaviya →

pts

(goṭavisa Text) variant reading Ja.vi.225, part of a boat, the poop (expl. ib. p. Ja.vi.226 by nāvāya pacchimabandho).

guḷa →

pts

Guḷa1

to make into a ball, to conglomerate. Cp Sk. glauḥ ball; Gr. γλουτός; Ohg. chliuwa; Ger. kugel kloss; E. clot, cleat; also *gel with same meaning Sk. gulma tumour, gilāyu glandula …

gāma →

pts

collection of houses, a hamlet (cp. Ger. gemeinde), a habitable place (opp. arañña: gāme vā yadi vâraññe Snp.119), a parish or village having boundaries & distinct from the surrounding country (gāmo c …

gārava →

pts

[cp. Sk. gaurava, fr. garu] reverence, respect, esteem; with loc. respect for reverence towards; in the set of six venerable objects Buddhe [Satthari], Dhamme, Sanghe, sikkhāya, appamāde paṭisanthāre …

gūtha →

pts

excrements, faeces, dung. As food for Petas frequently mentioned in Pv; (cp. Stede, Peta Vatthu 24 sq.), as a decoction of dung also used for medicinal purposes (Vin.i.206 e.g.). Often combination w …

halāhala →

pts

Halāhala1

a kind of deadly poison, usually as -visa Ja.i.271, Ja.i.273, Ja.i.380; Ja.iii.103 Ja.v.465; Mil.256; Vism.57; Thag-a.287.

onomat.; cp. Sk. halāhala

Halāhala2

n …

harati →

pts

  1. to carry Ja.ii.176; Dhp.124; to take with one DN.i.8, DN.i.142; opposed to paccāharati Vb-a.349–⁠Vb-a.354; Snp-a.52–Snp-a.58
  2. to bring Ja.i.208; to offer Ja.i.238; Sn …

hetu →

pts

  1. cause, reason, condition SN.i.134; AN.iii.440 sq.; Dhs.595, Dhs.1053; Vism.450 Tikp.11, Kp.233, Kp.239. In the older use paccaya and hetu are almost identical …

heṭṭhā →

pts

indeclinable down, below, underneath Vin.i.15; DN.i.198; Iti.114; Ja.i.71; Vv-a.78; Pv-a.113. As prep. with gen (abl.) or cpd. “under” Ja.i.176; Ja.ii.103; lower in the manuscript, i.e. before, abov …

hāyati →

pts

is Pass. of jahati, in sense of “to be left behind,” as well as “to diminish, dwindle or waste away, disappear,” e.g. Mnd.147 (+ pari˚, antaradhāyati); Mil.297 (+ khīyati); ppr. …

icchati →

pts

Icchati1

to wish, desire, ask for (c. acc.), expect SN.i.210 (dhammaṃ sotuṃ i.); Snp.127, Snp.345, Snp.512, Snp.813, Snp.836; Dhp.162, Dhp.291; Mnd.3, Mnd.138, Mnd.164; Cnd. s.v.; Pv.ii.6# …

iddhi →

pts

There is no single word in English for Iddhi, as the idea is unknown in Europe. The main sense seems to be ʻpotency’.

  1. Pre-Buddhistic; the Iddhi of a layman The four Iddhis of a king are personal …

illī →

pts

sort of weapon, a short one-edged sword Ja.v.259.

cp. Vedic ilībiśa Np. of a demon

indakhīla →

pts

“Indra’s post”; the post, stake or column of Indra, at or before the city gate; also a large slab of stone let into the ground at the entrance of a house DN.ii.254 (˚ṃ ūhacca, cp. Dhp-a.ii.181); Vin. …

indriya →

pts

A. On term

Indriya is one of the most comprehensive & important categories of Buddhist psychological philosophy & ethics meaning “controlling principle, directive force, élan, δύναμις” in t …

isi →

pts

  1. a holy man, one gifted with special powers of insight & inspiration, an anchoret, a Seer, Sage, Saint, “Master” DN.i.96 (kaṇho isi ahosi); SN.i.33, SN.i.35, SN.i.65, SN.i.128, SN.i.191, SN.i.192 SN …

issara →

pts

  1. lord, ruler, master, chief AN.iv.90; Snp.552; Ja.i.89 (˚jana), Ja.i.100, Ja.i.283 (˚bheri); Ja.iv.132 (˚jana); Pv.iv.6#7 (˚mada) Mil.253 (an˚ without a ruler); Dhs-a.141; DN-a.i.111; Pv-a.31 (ge …

iti →

pts

Iti (ti)

indeclinable emphatic deictic particle “thus”. Occurs in both forms iti & ti, the former in higher style (poetry), the latter more familiar in conversational prose. The function of “iti” is …

itthakā →

pts

Iṭṭhakā (Itthakā)

feminine

  1. a burnt brick a tile Vin.ii.121 (˚pākara a brick wall, distinguished fr silāpakāra & dāru˚); Ja.iii.435, Ja.iii.446 (pākār iṭṭhikā read ˚aṭṭhakā); Ja.v.213 (rattiṭṭhikā …

itthi →

pts

Itthi & Itthī

feminine woman female; also (usually as-˚) wife. Opp. purisa man (see e.g. for contrast of itthi and purisa Ja.v.72, Ja.v.398; Ne.93; Dhp-a.i.390; Pv-a.153)
■ SN.i.33 (nibbānass’ e …

itthikā →

pts

woman Vin.iii.16; DN.ii.14; Ja.i.336; Vv.18#7; Sdhp.79. As adj. itthika in bahutthika having many women, plentiful in women Vin.ii.256 (kulāni bahuttikāni appapurisakāni rich in women & lacking in …

itthī →

pts

Itthi & Itthī

feminine woman female; also (usually as-˚) wife. Opp. purisa man (see e.g. for contrast of itthi and purisa Ja.v.72, Ja.v.398; Ne.93; Dhp-a.i.390; Pv-a.153)
■ SN.i.33 (nibbānass’ e …

iṭṭha →

pts

adjective pleasing, welcome, agreeable, pleasant, often in the idiomatic group iṭṭha kanta manāpa (of objects pleasing to the senses) DN.i.245; DN.ii.192; MN.i.85; SN.iv.60, SN.iv.158, SN.iv.235 sq. …

iṭṭhakā →

pts

Iṭṭhakā (Itthakā)

feminine

  1. a burnt brick a tile Vin.ii.121 (˚pākara a brick wall, distinguished fr silāpakāra & dāru˚); Ja.iii.435, Ja.iii.446 (pākār iṭṭhikā read ˚aṭṭhakā); Ja.v.213 (rattiṭṭhikā …

jaggati →

pts

  1. to watch, to lie awake Ja.v.269.
  2. to watch over, i.e. to tend, to nourish, rear, bring up Ja.i.148 (dārakaṃ), Ja.i.245 (āsīvisaṃ).

= jāgarati, Dhtp.22 gives jagg as root in meaning “niddā-khaya.”

jannu →

pts

the knee Dhp-a.i.394. -ka DN.ii.17≈(in marks of a Mahāpurisa, variant reading ṇṇ); Ja.iv.165; Dhp-a.i.48.

cp. jaṇṇu(ka) & jānu

jantāghara →

pts

  1. a (hot room for bathing purposes, a sitzbath Vin.i.47, Vin.i.139 Vin.ii.119, Vin.ii.220 sq., Vin.ii.280; Vin.iii.55; MN.iii.126; Ja.ii.25, Ja.ii.144 Vism.18; Dpvs.viii.45.
  2. living room Ja.i.449. …

jarā →

pts

(older); jaras (nt.) decay, decrepitude, old age Vin.i.10, Vin.i.34; AN.i.51, AN.i.138 (as death’s messenger); AN.v.144 sq. (bhabbo jaraṃ pahātuṃ); Snp.311 (cp. DN.iii.75); Ja.i.59; Thig.252 sq.; Vi …

jigiṃsanatā →

pts

desire for, covetousness Vb.353 (variant reading BB. nijigīsanatā); cp. Vism.29

n. abstr. fr. jigiṃsati

jigiṃsati →

pts

to desire, to wish to acquire, to covet Snp.700; Ja.ii.285; Ja.iii.172 (variant reading BB. jigissaṃ); Ja.iv.406 (variant reading SS. jihiṃ˚, BB. jigī˚); Ja.v.372; Ja.vi.268. As jigīsati Thag.1110. …

jigucchaka →

pts

adjective one who dislikes or disapproves of MN.i.327 (paṭhavī˚, āpa˚ etc.) Mil.343.

jivhā →

pts

the tongue.

  1. physically: Vin.i.34; AN.iv.131; Snp.673, Snp.716; Dhp.65 Dhp.360; Ja.ii.306; Pv-a.99 (of Petas: visukkha-kanthaṭṭha j.), Pv-a.152
    ■ Of the tongue of the mahāpurusha which coul …

jiñjuka →

pts

the Gunja shrub (Abrus precatorius) Ja.iv.333 (akkhīni j. ˚phalasadisāni, cp. in same application guñjā); Ja.v.156 (j. ˚phalasannibha); Dhp-a.i.177 (˚gumba).

joti →

pts

  1. light, splendour, radiance SN.i.93; AN.ii.85; Vv.16#2.
  2. a star: see compounds
  3. fire SN.i.169; Thag.415; Ja.iv.206; sajotibhūta set on fire SN.ii.260; AN.iii.407 sq.; Ja.i.232.
  • *-[parāyaṇa]( …

jotisā →

pts

astronomy Mil.3.

= Sk. jyotiṣa (nt.)

jāla →

pts

Jāla1

neuter a net; netting, entanglement (lit. or fig.): snare, deceptíon (= māyā)

A. Lit

Cnd.260 (= suttajāla, a plaiting of threads); Snp-a.115 Snp-a.263 (= suttamaya) DN. …

jāta →

pts

  1. As adj. n.un
    1. born, grown, arisen, produced (= nibbatta pātubhūta Cnd.256) Snp.576 (jātānaṃ maccānaṃ niccaṃ maraṇato bhayaṃ); jātena maccena kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ bahuṃ Dhp.53 = Mil.333; yakkhinī …

jāti →

pts

■ Instr. jātiyā (Snp.423) & jaccā (DN.ii.8; Ja.iii.395; Dhp.393); abl. jātiyā (SN.i.88) & jātito (by descent: DN.ii.8); loc. jātiyaṃ (Pv-a.10) & jātiyā (Pv-a.78).

  1. birth, rebirth, possibility of …

kacchapa →

pts

tortoise, turtle SN.iv.177 (kummo kacchapo); in simile of the blind turtle (kāṇo k.) MN.iii.169 = SN.v.455; Thig.500 (cp J.P.T.S. 1907, 73, 174)
■ f. kacchapinī a female t Mil.67.

  • *-[lakkhaṇ …

kad →

pts

Kad˚

orig. “what?” used adverbially; then indef. “any kind of,” as (na) kac(-cana) “not at all”; kac-cid “any kind of; is it anything? what then?” Mostly used in disparaging sense of showing in …

kakudha →

pts

  1. the hump on the shoulders of an Indian bull Ja.ii.225; Ja.vi.340.
  2. a cock’s comb: see sīsa kakudha.
  3. a king’s symbol or emblem (nt.) Ja.v.264. There are 5 such insignia regis, …

kalanda →

pts

heap, stack (like a heap of wood? cp. kalingara) Mil.292 (sīsa˚).

cp. Sk. karaṇḍa piece of wood?

kambu →

pts

  1. a conch, a shell: saṇha-kambu-r-iva… sobhate su gīvā Thig.262 (for kampurī’va); s compounds
  2. a ring or bracelet (made of shells or perhaps gold: see Kern. Toev. s. v.) Ja.iv.18, Ja.iv.466 (\ …

kamma →

pts

the doing, deed, work orig. meaning (see karoti) either building (cp. Lit kùrti, Opr. kūra to build) or weaving, plaiting (still in mālākamma and latā˚ “the intertwining of garland …

kammantika →

pts

adjective

  1. a business manager Ja.i.227.
  2. a labourer, artisan, assistant Ja.i.377.

fr. kammanta

kammatā FIXME double →

pts

Kamyatā (-˚) & kammatā

(Nd) wish, desire, longing for, striving after; with inf. or equivalent kathetu˚ Vv-a.18; muñcitu˚ (+ paṭisankhā) Pts.i.60 Pts.i.65; Bdhd 123; asotu˚, adaṭṭhu˚ and adassana˚ …

kammatā →

pts

Kamyatā (-˚) & kammatā

(Nd) wish, desire, longing for, striving after; with inf. or equivalent kathetu˚ Vv-a.18; muñcitu˚ (+ paṭisankhā) Pts.i.60 Pts.i.65; Bdhd 123; asotu˚, adaṭṭhu˚ and adassana˚ …

kamyatā FIXME double →

pts

Kamyatā (-˚) & kammatā

(Nd) wish, desire, longing for, striving after; with inf. or equivalent kathetu˚ Vv-a.18; muñcitu˚ (+ paṭisankhā) Pts.i.60 Pts.i.65; Bdhd 123; asotu˚, adaṭṭhu˚ and adassana˚ …

kamyatā →

pts

Kamyatā (-˚) & kammatā

(Nd) wish, desire, longing for, striving after; with inf. or equivalent kathetu˚ Vv-a.18; muñcitu˚ (+ paṭisankhā) Pts.i.60 Pts.i.65; Bdhd 123; asotu˚, adaṭṭhu˚ and adassana˚ …

kanha →

pts

…Mil.149; Pv-a.62; -sīsā with black heads AN.iii.241 (kimī). 2. of (an abundance of smooth, dark (= shiny) hair (cp. in meaning E. gloom…

kanta →

pts

Kanta1

  1. (adj.) in special sense an attribute of worldly pleasure (cp. kāma kāmaguṇā): pleasant, lovely, enjoyable; freq. in form iṭṭhā kantā manāpā, referring to the pleasures of the sens …

kapisīsa →

pts

the lintel of a door DN.ii.143 (cp. Rh.D. Buddh. Suttas p. 95 n1) -ka the cavity in a doorpost for receiving the bolt Vin.ii.120, Vin.ii.148 (cp. Vin Texts ii.106 n3).

Sk …

kappa →

pts

adjective noun anything made with a definite object in view, prepared, arranged; or that which is fit, suitable, proper. See also DN-a.i.103 & Kp-a.115 for var. meanings.

I. Literal Meaning # …

kappeti →

pts

to cause to fit, to create, build, construct arrange, prepare, order.

I. lit

  1. in special sense: to prepare, get done, i.e. harness: Ja.i.62; plait DN-a.i.274, an offering (yaññaṃ) Snp.1 …

kapāla →

pts

  1. a tortoiseor turtle-shell SN.i.7 = Mil.371; SN.iv.179; as ornament at DN-a.i.89.
  2. the skull, cp. kaṭāha in sīsakaṭāha.
  3. a frying pan (usually as ayo˚, of iron, e.g. AN.iv.70 Cnd.304#iii; Vv- …

kara →

pts

  1. (adj.) (-˚) producing, causing, forming, making, doing, e.g. anta˚ putting an end to; pabhaṃ causing splendour; pāpa˚ doing evil; divā˚ & divasa the day-maker, i.e. the sun; kaṇhabhāva˚ causing a …

karavīka →

pts

same Ja.v.204, Ja.v.416; Vv.36#4; Vism.112, Vism.206; Vv-a.166, Vv-a.219.

  • -bhāṇin speaking like the cuckoo, i.e. with a clear and melodious voice, one of the mahāpurisa-lakk …

kari-paribandha →

pts

Kari-paribandha

adjective bound up in filth, full of filth, disgusting; epithet of the body Thag.1152 Kari here is abbrev. of karīsa2 (see note ad loc.).

= karīsa-paribaddha

karuṇā →

pts

  1. (f.) pity compassion. Karuṇā is one of the 4 qualities of character significant of a human being who has attained enfranchisement of heart (ceto-vimutti) in the 4 sentiments viz. mettā k.˚ upekhā …

karīsa →

pts

Karīsa1

neuter a square measure of land, being that space on which a karīsa of seed can be sown (Tamil karīsa) see Rhys Davids, Ancient Coins and Measures of Ceylon, p. 18; Ja.i.94, Ja.i …

kata →

pts

(& sometimes; kaṭa) done, worked, made. Extremely rare as v. trs. in the common meaning of E. make, Ger. machen, or Fr. faire (see the cognate kapp and jan, also uppajjati & viss …

kathaṃ →

pts

adverb dubit. interr. part.

  1. how; with ind. pres. Pv-a.6 (k. puriso paṭilabhati), or with fut. & cond. Ja.i.222; Ja.ii.159 (k. tattha gamissāmi); Ja.vi.500; Pv-a.54 (na dassāmi)
  2. why, for what …

kathā →

pts

  1. talk talking, conversation AN.i.130; Pv-a.39. So in antarā˚ DN.i.179; Snp.p.107, Snp.p.115; cp. sallāpa. Also in tiracchāna˚; low, common speech, comprising 28 kinds of conversational talk a b …

kavandha →

pts

  1. the (headless) trunk of the body, endowed with the power of motion Vin.iii.107; cp. SN.ii.260 (asīsaka˚); Mil.292; Dhp-a.i.314.
  2. a headless dwarf, whose head has been crushed down into his body …

kañcana →

pts

gold AN.iii.346 Thag.691 (muttaṃ selā va k.); Thig.266 (k˚ ssa phalakaṃ va); Vv-a.4, Vv-a.9 (= jātarūpa). Esp. freq. in compounds = of or like gold.

kaññā →

pts

young (unmarried) woman, maiden, girl Pv.i.11#1
■ As emblem of beauty in simile khattiya-kaññā vā… pannarasa-vassuddesikā vā solasa-vassuddesikā vā… MN.i.88; in combination khattiya-kaññā, brāhm …

kaṅkala →

pts

skeleton; only in cpd. atthi˚ Aṭṭhikankal’ ūpamā kāmā Vin.ii.25; MN.i.130, MN.i.364; Ja.v.210; Thag.1150 (˚kuṭika): aṭṭhikankalasannibha Thig.488 (= Thag-a.287; cp. Morris, J.P.T.S. 1885, 75) aṭṭhi …

kaṅkhati →

pts

  1. with loc.: to be uncertain, unsettled, to doubt (syn. vicikicchati with which always combined). Kaṅkhati vicikicchati dvīsu mahāpurisa-lakkhaṇesu DN.i.106 is in doubt a …

kaṇṇa →

pts

  1. a corner, an angle Vin.i.48, Vin.i.286; Ja.i.73; Ja.iii.42 Ja.v.38; Ja.vi.519; Pv-a.74; Dhp-a.ii.178; Dāvs ii.111- cīvara˚; the edge of the garment Vism.389. Freq. in cpd. catu˚; (catukkaṇṇa …

kaṇṭaka →

pts

  1. a thorn Snp.845; Vin.i.188; Ja.v.102 Ja.vi.105 (in description of the Vetaraṇī); cp. kusa˚
  2. any instrument with a sharp point Sdhp.201.
  3. a bone, fish-bone Ja.i.222; in piṭṭhi˚; a bone of the …

kaṭāha →

pts

pot [in older texts only as-˚].

  1. pot, vessel, vase, receptacle. udaka˚; Vin.ii.122; ghaṭi˚; Vin.ii.115; loha˚; Vin.ii.170. ayo˚; (in simile “diva-santatte ayokaṭāhe”) MN.i.453 = AN.iv.138 …

kelisā →

pts

at Thag.1010 is to be corrected into keḷiyo (see keḷi2).

kesayati →

pts

see kisa.

kevalin →

pts

adjective one who is fully accomplished, an Arahant; often with mahesi and uttamapurisa Defn sabbaguṇa-paripuṇṇa sabba-yoga-visaṃyutta Snp-a.153
■ ye suvimuttā t …

keḷi →

pts

Keḷi1

feminine

  1. play, amusement, sport Pv-a.265 (= khiḍḍā); parihāsa merry play, fun Ja.i.116.
  2. playing at dice, gambling in -maṇḍala “circle of the game,” draught-board; *-ṃ bh …

khagga →

pts

  1. a sword (often with dhanu, bow) at DN.i.7 (Dhp.i.89 = asi) as one of the forbidden articles of ornament (cp. BSk. khaḍga-maṇi Divy.147, one of the royal insignia)
    ■ khaggaṃ …

khallāta →

pts

bald, in -sīsa a bald head Dhp-a.i.309. Der. khallātiya baldness, in khallātiyapetī the bald-headed Petī Pv-a.46 (where spelled khalātiya) and Pv-a.67.

Sk. khalvāta, cp. khalita

khaluṅka →

pts

only applied to a horse shaking, a shaker, racer (esp. as java AN.i.287), fig. of purisa at Anguttara passages. Described as bold and hard to manage AN.iv.190 sq.; as a horse which cannot be trusted a …

khandha →

pts

I. Crude meaning

bulk, massiveness (gross) substance.

  1. Esp. used
    1. of an elephant: the bulk of the body, i.e. its back SN.i.95 vāraṇassa Ja.iii.392; hatthi-khandha-vara-gata on th …

khattiya →

pts

nom. also khattiyāse Ja.iii.441. A shortened form is khatya Ja.vi.397
■ f. khattiyā AN.iii.226–⁠AN.iii.229, khattī DN.i.193, and khattiyī. A member of one of the clans or tribes recognised as of Ary …

khaṇa →

pts

Khaṇa1

  1. (m.) a (short), moment, wink of time; in phrase khaṇen’ eva “in no time” Pv-a.38 Pv-a.117; Sdhp.584 (etc.). Sdhp.584; khaṇo ve mā upaccagā “let not the slightest time be wasted …

khaṇḍa →

pts

  1. (adj.) broken, usually of teeth; Thig.260 (= Thag-a.211); Mil.342; Vism.51.
  2. (m. nt.) a broken piece, a bit, camma˚ a strip of hide Vin.ii.122; coḷa˚ a bit of cloth Pv-a.70; pilotika˚ bits of r …

khetta →

pts

  1. (lit.) a field, a plot of land, arable land, a site, DN.i.231; SN.i.134 (bījaṃ khette virūhati; in simile); three kinds of fields at SN.iv.315, viz. agga˚ majjhima˚, hīna˚ (in simile); AN.i.229 = A …

khipati →

pts

to throw, to cast, to throw out or forth, to upset Snp.p.32 (cittaṃ); Ja.i.223 (sīsaṃ), Ja.i.290 (pāsake); Ja.ii.3 (daḷhaṃ dalhassa: to pit force against force)
aor khipi SN.iv.2, SN.iv.3 (khuracakk …

khura →

pts

Khura1

the hoof of an animal Vv.64#10 (of a horse = turagānaṃ khuranipāta, the clattering of a horse’s hoof Vv-a.279), cp. Sk. kṣura, a monkey’s claw Sp. Avs.i.236.

khura-kāse MN.i.44 …

khārika →

pts

Khārika1

alkaline, in enumn of tastes (cp. rasa) at SN.iii.87; Dhs.629 and ≈.

adj. to khāra

Khārika2

of the khārī measure, in vīsati˚ kosalako tilavāho AN.v.173 = …

khīra →

pts

milk, milky fluid, milky juice Vin.i.243; Vin.ii.301; MN.i.343 sq. = AN.ii.207 = Pp.56; AN.ii.95 (in simile with dadhi, navanīta, sappi, sappi-maṇḍa) DN.i.201; Dhp-a.i.98; enumerated with *[dadhi](/ …

ki →

pts

Ki˚

second. stem of interr. pron. (cp. ka˚ ku˚).

  1. in oblique cases of ko (kaḥ), as gen. kissa. loc. kismiṃ & kiṃhi.
  2. in nt. kiṃ what? (cp. Gr. τί, Lat. quid; ending-m besides- …

kibbisa →

pts

wrongdoing, demerit, fault, usually with ˚ṃ karoti to do wrong Snp.246; Sdhp.204; Ja.iii.135 or ˚ṃ pasavati AN.v.75; Vin.ii.198. -kata˚; (adj.) having done wrong in akata-kalyāṇo, etc. AN.ii.174 a …

kibbisaka →

pts

Err:509

kiccha →

pts

  1. (adj.)
    1. distressed, in difficulty, poor, miserable, painful: kicchā vatâyaṃ idha vutti yaṃ jano passati kibbisakārī (miserable is the life of one who does wrong) Snp.676 = parihīnattha, in pov …

kila →

pts

Kira & Kila

adverb

  1. emphatic: really, truly, surely. (Gr. δή)
  2. presumptive (with pres. or fut.) I should think one would expect.
  3. narrative (with aor.): now, then, you know (Gr. δδε, Lat. at, …

kilesa →

pts

Kilesa & klesa

stain, soil, impurity, fig. affliction; in a moral sense, depravity, lust. Its occurrence in the Piṭakas is rare; in later works, very frequent, where it is approx. tantamount to our t …

kimi →

pts

…vermin: setā kimī kaṇhasīsā AN.iii.241; Mil.272; DN-a.i.199
■ As animal of death and putrefaction MN.i.507; Ja.i.146; Snp.201; esp with…

kinnara →

pts

little bird with a head like a man’s. Ja.iv.106, Ja.iv.254, Ja.iv.438, Ja.v.47, Ja.v.456; Mil.267. Canda kinnara Np. Ja.i.91, Ja.vi.283, Ja.vi.74. f. kinnarā Np. of a queen Ja.v.437 sq., and *[kinna …

kira →

pts

Kira & Kila

adverb

  1. emphatic: really, truly, surely. (Gr. δή)
  2. presumptive (with pres. or fut.) I should think one would expect.
  3. narrative (with aor.): now, then, you know (Gr. δδε, Lat. at, …

kirīṭin →

pts

adjective enveloped, adorned Pv.iii.9#1 (= veṭhitasīsa).

kisa →

pts

adjective lean, haggard, emaciated, opp. thūla fat (Vv-a.103). As Ep of ascetics Snp.165, Dhp.395 = Thag.243; esp. as epithet of petas: Pv.ii.1#13; Snp.426, Snp.585; Sdhp.101; Mil.303 For phrase kisa …

kisaka →

pts

Err:509

kissati →

pts

  1. to get thin, to become exhausted, to waste, weary, worry Ja.vi.495 (pret. mā kisittha C. mā kisā bhava).
  2. [Pass. of kassati, kṛṣ ] see *pari

den. fr. kisa

kitti →

pts

Kitti & Kittī

f. fame, renown, glory, honour, yaso ca kittī ca SN.i.25; kittiñ ca sukhañ ca SN.i.187; yaso kitti sukhañ ca AN.ii.32 yaso kittī ca “fame and renown” Snp.817 (= Mnd.147, where appl. to …

kittāvatā →

pts

adverb to what extent? how far? in what respect? K˚ nu kho mahāpurisa hoti “in what respect is a man a great man?” Cnd.502 B; k˚ nu kho paññavā ti vuccati? MN.i.292. Kitti & Kitti

kittī →

pts

Kitti & Kittī

f. fame, renown, glory, honour, yaso ca kittī ca SN.i.25; kittiñ ca sukhañ ca SN.i.187; yaso kitti sukhañ ca AN.ii.32 yaso kittī ca “fame and renown” Snp.817 (= Mnd.147, where appl. to …

kiñcikkha →

pts

trifle, a small thing: yaṃ vā taṃ vā appamattakaṃ Snp.121; Snp.131; Pp-a 210 (iii.4). āmisa-kiñcikkha-hetu “for the sake of a little gain” AN.i.128 = Pp.29; at Pv.ii.8#3 as āmisa-kiñci-hetu (but …

kiṃ →

pts

  1. as nt. subst. what? sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇaṃ what is the obstruction? Snp.1032; kiṃ tava patthanāya what is it about your wish, i.e. what good is your wish? Vv-a.226; kim idaṃ this is what, that is …

kiṭaka →

pts

only at Pv.i.92,4, of clothes which are changed into missā kiṭakā, which is expl. at Pv-a.44 by kiṭakasadisāni lohapaṭṭasadisāni bhavanti “they become like (hot) copper plates.”

doubtful

klesa →

pts

Kilesa & klesa

stain, soil, impurity, fig. affliction; in a moral sense, depravity, lust. Its occurrence in the Piṭakas is rare; in later works, very frequent, where it is approx. tantamount to our t …

kosa →

pts

Kosa1

masculine neuter any cavity or enclosure containing anything, viz.

  1. a store-room or storehouse, treasury or granary AN.iv.95 (rāja˚); Snp.525; Ja.iv.409 (= wealth, stores); Ja.vi …

koṭi →

pts

the end—

  1. of space: the extreme part, top, summit, point (cp. anta to which it is opposed at Ja.vi.371): dhanu-koṭiṃ nissāya “through the (curved) end of my bow,” i.e. by means …

kula →

pts

(nt.; but poetic pl. kulā Pv.ii.9#43)

  1. clan a high social grade, “good family,” cp. Gr. (doric) φυά, Goth. kuni. A collection of cognates and agnates, in sense of Ohg. sippa, clan; “house” in sense …

kumuda →

pts

  1. the white lotus Dhp.285; Vv.35#4 (= Vv-a.161); Ja.v.37 (seta˚); Vism.174; DN-a.i.139.
  2. a high numeral, in vīsati kumudā nirayā AN.v.173 = Snp.p.126.

kusala →

pts

adjective

  1. (adj.) clever, skilful, expert; good, right, meritorious MN.i.226; Dhp.44; Ja.i.222 Esp. appl. in moral sense (= puñña), whereas akusala is practically equivalent to pāpa. ekam pi ce pāṇ …

kutta →

pts

“being made up.”

  1. Work. The beginning of things was the work of Brahmā. The use of kutta implies that the work was so easy as to be nearer play than work, and to have been carried out in a mood of …

kuṇḍala →

pts

ring esp. earring AN.i.254 = AN.iii.16; Ja.iv.358 (su˚ with beautiful earrings); Dhp-a.i.25. Frequent as maṇi˚, a jewelled earring Vin.ii.156; SN.i.77; MN.i.366; Pv.ii.9#50; sīha˚ or sīhamukha˚ an ea …

kuṭhārī →

pts

An axe, a hatchet Vin.iii.144; SN.iv.160, SN.iv.167; MN.i.233 = SN.iii.141 AN.i.141; AN.ii.201; AN.iv.171; Ja.i.431; Dhp-a.iii.59; Pv-a.277 Purisassa hi jātassa kuthārī jāyate mukhe “when man is bor …

kuṭī →

pts

(kuṭi˚) feminine any single-roomed abode, a hut, cabin, cot, shed Vin.iii.144 (on vehāsa-kuṭī see vehāsa Vin.iv.46); Snp.18, Snp.19; Pv.ii.2#8; Vv-a.188, Vv-a.256 (cīvara˚ a cl …

kā →

pts

indeclinable interj. imitating the crow’s cry: kā kā Ja.iv.72.

Kā˚

in composition, is assimilated (and contracted) form of kad˚ as kāpuppha, kāpurisa.

kāka →

pts

the crow; freq. in similes: SN.i.124; Snp.448; Ja.i.164. Its thievish ways are described at Dhp-a.iii.352; said to have ten bad qualities AN.v.149; Ja.i.342; Ja.iii.126; kākā vā kulalā vā Vin.iv.40 …

kākola →

pts

and Kākoḷa a raven, esp. in his quality as bird of prey, feeding on carrion (cp. kāka) Ja.iii.246 (= vanakāka); Ja.v.268, Ja.v.270 (gijjha k˚ ā ca ayomukhā… khādanti naraṃ kibbisakārinaṃ); Ja.vi.566 …

kāla →

pts

Kāla & Kāḷa

Preliminary

  1. dark (syn. kaṇha, which cp. for meaning and applications), black, blueblack, misty, cloudy. Its proper sphere of application is the dark as opposed to light, and i …

kālīya →

pts

kind of (shiny) sandal wood; so to be read for tālīsa at Vin.i.203 (see note on p. 381).

kāma →

pts

to desire.

  1. Objective: pleasantness, pleasure-giving, an object of sensual enjoyment.
  2. Subjective: (a) enjoyment, pleasure on occasion of sense, (b) sense-desire.

Buddhist commentators exp …

kāpotikā →

pts

kind of intoxicating drink of a reddish colour (like pigeons’ fect) Vin.iv.109, cp Ja.i.360 (surā).

of doubtful origin, fr. kapota, but probably popular etym., one may compare Sk. kāpiśāyana, a sort …

kāpurisa →

pts

low, vile, contemptible man, a wretch Vin.ii.188; DN.iii.279; SN.i.91, SN.i.154; SN.ii.241 SN.v.204; Thag.124, Thag.495; Ja.ii.42; Ja.vi.437; Pv.ii.9#30 (Pv-a.125 = lāmaka˚); sometimes denoting one w …

kārin →

pts

(-˚) adjective doing: yathāvādī tathākārī “as he says so he does” DN.iii.135, Snp.357; see for examples the various compounds as kamma˚, kibbisa˚, khaṇḍa˚, chidda˚ dukkaṭa˚, dvaya˚, paccakkha˚, pubba …

kāya →

pts

group, heap, collection, aggregate, body

Definitions and synonyms

Snp-a.31 gives the foll. synonyms and similes of kāya: kuṭī, guhā (Snp.772), deha, sandeha (Dhp.148 = Thag.20), nāvā (Dhp.3 …

kāḷa →

pts

Kāla & Kāḷa

Preliminary

  1. dark (syn. kaṇha, which cp. for meaning and applications), black, blueblack, misty, cloudy. Its proper sphere of application is the dark as opposed to light, and i …

kāṇa →

pts

adjective blind, usually of one eye, occasionally of both (see Pp-a 227) SN.i.94; Vin.ii.90; AN.i.107 = AN.ii.85 = Pp.51 (in expln of tamaparāyaṇa purisa); Thig.438; Ja.i.222 (one-eyed); …

kāṭa-koṭacikā →

pts

Kāṭa-koṭacikā

a low term of abuse, “pudendum virile & muliebre” Vin.iv.7 (buddhagh Vin.iv.354: kātan ti purisa-nimittaṃ); cp. Morris, J.P.T.S. 1884, 89.

kāṭa + koṭacikā

kīdisa →

pts

(interr. adj.) what like? of what kind? which? (cp. tādisa) Snp.836, Snp.1089 (= kiṃ saṇṭhita Cnd; Pv.ii.6#3; Pv-a.50, Pv-a.51; Vv-a.76)
■ As Np. SN.iv.193
■ See also Kīrisa.

cp. Sk. kīdṛś = kiṃ dṛśa

kīrisa →

pts

Err:509

labuja →

pts

the bread-fruit tree, Artocarpus lacucha or incisa DN.i.53; Ja.iv.363; Ja.v.6, Ja.v.417; Pv-a.153 (sa˚, read as salaḷa˚, like Vv.35#5, explained at Vv-a.162).

cp. Sk. labuja

lagati →

pts

Lagati & Laggati

to adhere to, stick (fast) to (loc.), to hang from Vin.i.202; Ja.iii.120; Dhp-a.i.131; Dhp-a.iii.298 (ppr. alaggamāna); DN-a.i.257 (for abhisajjati); aor. laggi

laggati →

pts

Lagati & Laggati

to adhere to, stick (fast) to (loc.), to hang from Vin.i.202; Ja.iii.120; Dhp-a.i.131; Dhp-a.iii.298 (ppr. alaggamāna); DN-a.i.257 (for abhisajjati); aor. laggi

lakkhaṇa →

pts

  1. sign, characteristic mark; esp. a sign as implying something extraordinary or pointing to the future, therefore a prognosticative mark (cp. talisman), a distinguishing mark or salient feature, prop …

lakuṇṭaka →

pts

dwarf Mhvs.23, Mhvs.50 (˚sarīratta); Vb-a.26 (˚pāda-purisa, cpd. with arūpa); Pp-a 227; C. on SN.i.237.

dialectical

laya →

pts

  1. a brief measure of time, usually combined with other expressions denoting a short moment, esp. frequent as khaṇa laya muhutta Vin.i.12 Vin.iii.92; AN.iv.137; cp. Dpvs.i.16 (khaṇe khaṇe laye Buddh …

lesa →

pts

sham, pretext, trick Vin.iii.169 (where ten lesas are enumerated, viz. jāti˚, nāma˚ gotta˚, linga˚, āpatti˚, patta˚, cīvara˚, upajjhāya˚ ācariya˚, senāsana˚); Ja.ii.11; Ja.vi.402
lesa-kappa pre …

lihati →

pts

to lick; pres. lehati Ja.ii.44; aor. lehayiṃsu Pv-a.198 (variant reading for palahiṃsu). Cp. parilehisaṃ Vv.81#21 Vv-a.316; ger. lehitvā DN-a.i.136 (sarīraṃ); Vv-a.314. pp. …

likhati →

pts

  1. to scratch; to cut carve; write, inscribe MN.i.127 (rūpāni); Ja.ii.372 (suvaṇṇa-patte); Ja.iv.257 (id.), Ja.iv.488, Ja.iv.489 (jāti-hingulakena); Dhp-a.i.182; Pv-a.145 (nāmaṃ likhi wrote his na …

likhita →

pts

  1. carved, cut, worked (in ivory etc.), in cpd. saṅkha˚ brahmacariya the moral life, like a polished shell DN.i.63; SN.ii.219, explained at DN-a.i.181 as “likhita-sankha-sadisa dhota-sankha-sap …

lisati →

pts

to break off, tear off, pull; only at Dhtp.444 explained by “lesa.”

cp. dial. Sk. liśate = Vedic riśate

liṅga →

pts

  1. characteristic, sign, attribute, mark feature MN.i.360; SN.v.278; Snp.601 sq. (= saṇṭhāna Snp-a.464); Vin.iv.7 (two: hīna & ukkaṭṭha); Ja.i.18; Ja.iv.114 (gihi˚), Ja.iv.130; Mil.133 (sāsana˚), Mil …

lobha →

pts

covetousness, greed. Defined at Vism.468 as “lubbhanti tena, sayaṃ vā lubbhati, lubbhana-mattam eva vā taṃ,” with several comparisons following. Often found in triad of lobha, dosa, moha (greed, an …

loha →

pts

metal, esp. copper, brass or bronze It is often used as a general term & the individual application is not always sharply defined. Its comprehensiveness is evident from the classification of *[loha](/ …

loka →

pts

world, primarily “visible world,” then in general as “space or sphere of creation, with var. degrees of substantiality. Often (unspecified in the comprehensive sense of “universe.” Sometimes the term …

loluppa →

pts

greediness, covetousness, self-indulgence, desire; in the language of the Abhidhamma often syn. with jappā or taṇhā. At Dhs-a.365 loluppa is treated as an adj. …

loma →

pts

the hair of the body (whereas kesa is the hair of the head only) DN.ii.18 (ekeka˚, uddhagga˚, in characteristics of a Mahāpurisa); SN.ii.257 (asi˚, usu˚, satti˚ etc.) AN.ii.114; Vin.iii.106 (usu˚ etc. …

ludda →

pts

adjective

  1. fierce, terrible; cruel, gruesome SN.i.143; AN.ii.174 (pāpa, l., kibbisa); AN.v.149; Pp.56; Vv.84#5 (= dāruṇā pisāc’-ādino Vv-a.335); Ja.v.243 (ṭhānaṃ niraya); Sdhp.286. The spelling * …

luḷita →

pts

stirred, moved, disturbed; lively; turbid (of water) SN.v.123 = AN.iii.233; (udapatta āvila l.); DN.ii.128 = Ud.83 (udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ) Ja.vi.63; Mnd.488 (āvila +); Mil.35, Mil.177, Mil.2 …

lāmaka →

pts

adjective insignificant, poor, inferior, bad, sinful. The usual syn. is pāpa
■ Vin.ii.76; Vism.268 (= pāpaka); Dhs-a.45; Kp-a.243 (= khudda); Pp-a 229 (nīca lāmaka = oṇata); Kp\ …

līyati →

pts

to stick. The Dhtp evidently favours the separation when interpreting by “silesana-dravīkaraṇa,” i.e. to make slip or run (Dhtp.441; Dhtm.681)]

  1. to stick, adhere, cling to see compounds all˚, …

lūkha →

pts

adjective

  1. rough, coarse, unpleasant; poor, bad (usually applied to dress or food); mediocre, meagre, wretched. Opp paṇīta (e.g. Vin.i.212; SN.ii.153; AN.iv.10; Ja.i.228; Vv-a. …

maccu →

pts

the God of Death, the Buddhist Māra, or sometimes equivalent to Yama SN.i.156; Snp.357 (gen. maccuno), Snp.581 (instr maccunā), Snp.587; Thag.411; Dhp.21, Dhp.47, Dhp.128, Dhp.135, Dhp.150 Dhp.287; Vb …

mada →

pts

  1. intoxication, sensual excess, in formula davāya madāya maṇḍanāya (for purposes of sport, excess, personal charm etc. MN.i.355 = AN.ii.40 = Mnd.496 = Cnd.540 = Pp.21 = Dhs.1346, Dhs.1348. The comm …

magga →

pts

  1. a road (usually high road), way, foot-path Vism.708 (maggaṃ agata-pubba-purisa, simile of); Vb-a.256 (tiyojana˚, simile of a man travelling); Dhp-a.i.229- addhāna˚; high road Vin.iv.62; MN. …

mahant →

pts

adjective great, extensive, big important, venerable
■ nom. mahā Snp.1008; Mhvs.22, Mhvs.27. Shortened to maha in cpd. pitāmaha (following a …

mahilā →

pts

woman, female Vin.ii.281 (˚titthe at the women’s bathing place); Ja.i.188; Dpvs.ix.4 Thag-a.271. Mahisa, Mahisa, Mahimsa

*Sk. mahilā

mahisa →

pts

Mahisa, Mahīsa, Mahiṃsa

a buffalo. mahisa: DN.i.6 (˚yuddha b. fight), DN.i.9; Ja.iii.26 (vana wild b.); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.36 (T. māhisaṃ)
mahīsa Ja.vi.110- mahiṃsa Vism.191, …

mahiṃsa →

pts

Mahisa, Mahīsa, Mahiṃsa

a buffalo. mahisa: DN.i.6 (˚yuddha b. fight), DN.i.9; Ja.iii.26 (vana wild b.); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.36 (T. māhisaṃ)
mahīsa Ja.vi.110- mahiṃsa Vism.191, …

mahīsa →

pts

Mahisa, Mahīsa, Mahiṃsa

a buffalo. mahisa: DN.i.6 (˚yuddha b. fight), DN.i.9; Ja.iii.26 (vana wild b.); Mhvs.25, Mhvs.36 (T. māhisaṃ)
mahīsa Ja.vi.110- mahiṃsa Vism.191, …

majjha →

pts

adjective middle, viz

  1. of space: of moderate height DN.i.243 (contrasted with ucca & nīca).
  2. of; time: of middle age Snp.216 (contrasted with dahara young & thera old).
  3. often used adv. in …

mala →

pts

anything impure, stain (lit. & fig.), dirt. In the Canon mostly fig. of impurities. On mala in similes see J.P.T.S., 1907, 122
■ SN.i.38 (itthi malaṃ brahmacariyassa), SN.i.43 (id.); AN.i.105 (issā˚ …

malinaka →

pts

adjective dirty; with ref. to loha, a kind of copper, in the group of copper belonging to Pisāca Vb-a.63.

malina + ka

malla →

pts

wrestler Vin.ii.105 (˚muṭṭhika) Ja.iv.81 (two, named Cānura and Muṭṭhika “fister”); Vism.31 (muṭṭhika + i.e. boxing & wrestling as amusements: see mada 1) Perhaps as “porter” Bdhgh …

mana(s) →

pts

Mano & Mana(s)

neuter

I. Declension

Like all other nouns of old s-stems mano has partly retained the s forms (cp cetah → ceto) & partly follows the a-declension. The …

mano →

pts

Mano & Mana(s)

neuter

I. Declension

Like all other nouns of old s-stems mano has partly retained the s forms (cp cetah → ceto) & partly follows the a-declension. The …

manta →

pts

orig. a divine saying or decision, hence a secret plan (cp. def. of mant at Dhtp.578 by “gutta-bhāsane”), counsel; hence magic charm, spell. In particular a secret religious code or doctrine, esp. …

maraṇa →

pts

death, as ending this (visible) existence, physical death, in a narrower meaning than kālakiriyā; dying, in compounds death
■ The customary stock definition of maraṇa runs; …

mati →

pts

mind, opinion, thought, thinking of, hankering after, love or wish for Vin.iii.138 (purisa˚ thought of a man); Mhvs.3, Mhvs.42 (padīpa˚ lamp of knowledge); Mhvs.15, Mhvs.214 (amala˚ pure-minded); Pv\ …

matthaka →

pts

the head, fig. top, summit Ja.iii.206 = Ja.iv.4; Ja.iv.173, Ja.iv.457; Ja.v.478; DN-a.i.226 (pabbata˚); Pv.iv.16#3; Dhp-a.i.184. matthaka-matthakena (from end to end) Ja.i.202; Ja.iii.304. Loc. * …

maññati →

pts

  1. to think, to be of opinion, to imagine, to deem Snp.199 (sīsaṃ… subhato naṃ maññati bālo), Snp.588 (yena yena hi maññanti, tato taṃ hoti aññathā) Ja.ii.258 (maññāmi ciraṃ carissati: I imagine he wi …

maṅku →

pts

adjective staggering, confused troubled, discontented Vin.ii.118; SN.v.74; Dhp.249 Mnd.150; Dhp-a.iii.41, Dhp-a.iii.359 (with loc.)
■ f. pl. maṅkū Vin.i.93
dummaṅku “st …

maṇi →

pts

  1. a gem, jewel. At several places one may interpret as “crystal.” DN.i.7 (as ornament); Dhp.161; Ja.vi.265 (agghiya, precious). In simile at DN.i.76 (maṇi veḷuriyo). On maṇi in similes see J.P.T.S.

maṇḍa →

pts

the top part, best part of milk or butter, etc. i.e. cream scum; fig. essence of, the pick of, finest part of anything parisā˚; the cream of a gathering, the pick of the congregation, excellent cong …

meda →

pts

fat SN.i.124; Snp.196; Ja.iii.484 (ajakaraṃ medaṃ = ajakara-medaṃ C.); Kp iii. (explained at Vism.262 as “thīnasineha” thick or coagulated fluid or gelatine); Vism.361 Vb-a.66, Vb-a.225, Vb-a.245, …

medha →

pts

sacrifice only in assa˚; horse-sacrifice & purisa˚; human s. (q.v.) e.g. at AN.iv.151; Snp.303
■ Cp. mejjha.

Vedic medha, in aśva, go˚, puruṣa˚ etc.

meṇḍa →

pts

  1. a ram DN.i.9; Ja.iv.250 Ja.iv.353 (˚visāṇa-dhanu, a bow consisting of a ram’s horn) -patha Npl. “ram’s road” Mnd.155 = Mnd.415. -yuddha ram fight DN.i.6.
  2. a groom, elephant-driver in cpd …

meṇḍaka →

pts

adjective

  1. made of ram(s) horn, said of a (very strong) bow Ja.ii.88 (˚dhanu); Ja.v.128 (˚singadhanu).
  2. belonging to a ram, in meṇḍaka-pañha “question about the ram” Mil.90 alluding to the sto …

miga →

pts

  1. a wild animal, an animal in its natural state (see compounds).
  2. a deer, antelope, gazelle Various kinds are mentioned at Ja.v.416; two are given at Cnd.509, viz. eṇi (antelope) & …

mihati →

pts

is given as root mih in 2 meanings at Dhtp, viz. 1 īsa-hasana (No. 328), i.e. a kind of laugh, for smi as in mihita. 2 secana (No. 342).

misati →

pts

to wink (one’s eyes): see ni˚.

miṣ, Vedic miṣati, root given as misa at Dhtm.479, with expln “mīlane”

mogha →

pts

adjective empty, vain useless, stupid, foolish DN.i.187 (opp. to sacca), DN.i.199; Snp.354; Dhp.260 (˚jiṇṇa grown old in vain; C. explains as tuccha-jiṇṇa Dhp-a.iii.388); Dhp-a.i.110 (patthanā a fu …

mokkhacika →

pts

or ˚ā feminine tumbling, turning somersaults, an acrobatic feat; in list of forbidden amusements at DN.i.6 (cp. DN-a.i.86; samparivattaka-kīḷanaṃ, i.e. playing with something that rolls along, conti …

mora →

pts

pea-hen a peacock Ja.ii.275 (˚upasevin, see C. on this passage), Ja.vi.218, Ja.vi.497; Pv-a.142; Dhp-a.i.394. A peacock’s tail (sometimes used as a fan) is denoted in var. terms in compounds, as *m …

mukha →

pts

…front part, front, top, in īsā˚; of the carriage pole SN.i.224 = Ja.i.203. Hence 6. the top of anything, front, head, best part; adj topmost,…

mutta →

pts

Mutta1

  1. released, set free, freed; as-˚ free from Snp.687 (abbhā˚ free from the stain of a cloud); Dhp.172 (id.), Dhp.382 (id.)
    ■ Dhp.344; Pv.iv.1#34; Pv-a.65 (su˚).
  2. given up or …

muñcati →

pts

I. Forms

The 2 bases muñc˚ & mucc˚; are differentiated in such a way, that muñc˚; is the active base, and mucc˚; the passive. There are however cases where the active forms (muñ …

muḷāla →

pts

Muḷāla & Muḷālī

feminine the stalk of the lotus: muḷālī Vin.i.215 (bhisa +); muḷāli Ja.vi.530 (= muḷālaka C.); muḷālikā Vin.i.215 (bhisa +); bhisa-muḷālaṃ (nt.) (collective cpd. fibre & stal …

muḷālī →

pts

Muḷāla & Muḷālī

feminine the stalk of the lotus: muḷālī Vin.i.215 (bhisa +); muḷāli Ja.vi.530 (= muḷālaka C.); muḷālikā Vin.i.215 (bhisa +); bhisa-muḷālaṃ (nt.) (collective cpd. fibre & stal …

muṇḍa →

pts

adjective bald, shaven; a shaven, (bald-headed) ascetic, either a samaṇa, or a bhikkhu or (f.) bhikkhunī SN.i.175 (m. sanghāṭi-pāruta); Vin.iv.265 (f.); Snp.p.80 (= muṇḍita-sīsa Snp-a.402)
■ *ka …

muṇḍita →

pts

shaven Snp-a.402 (˚sīsa).

pp. of muṇḍeti

muṭṭhi →

pts

the fist Vv-a.206 muṭṭhī katvā gaṇhāti to take by making a fist, i.e. clutch tightly, clenching one’s fist Ja.vi.331
muṭṭhiṃ akāsi he made a fist (as sign) Ja.vi.364. As-˚ often meaning “han …

mādisa →

pts

adjective one like me Snp.482; Mhvs.5, Mhvs.193; Vv-a.207; Dhp-a.i.284; Pv-a.76, Pv-a.123.

Epic & Class. Sk. mādṛś & mādṛśa, maṃ + ; dṛś

mālaka →

pts

Mālaka (Māḷaka)

a circular (consecrated) enclosure, round, yard (cp. Geiger, Mvu. trsl. 99: “m. is a space marked off and usually terraced within which sacred functions were carried out. In the Mah …

māna →

pts

  1. pride, conceit, arrogance (cittassa uṇṇati Mnd.80; Vb.350). Māna is one of the Saññojanas It is one of the principal obstacles to Arahantship A detailed analysis of māna in tenfold aspect is give …

māra →

pts

death; usually personified as Np. Death, the Evil one, the Tempter (the Buddhist Devil or Principle of Destruction) Sometimes the term māra is applied to the whole of the worldly exi …

mārisa →

pts

adjective only in voc. as respectful term of address, something like “Sir,” pl “Sirs.” In sg. mārisa MN.i.327; AN.iii.332; Snp.814, Snp.1036 Snp.1038, Snp.1045 etc.; Mnd.140 = Cnd. …

māsana →

pts

Māsati, Māsana, Māsin

■ dumapakkāni -māsita Ja.ii.446 (C. reads māsita & explains by asita, dhāta); visa-māsita Mil.302 (T. reads visamāsita) having taken in poison; visa- māsan- ûpatāpa (id. …

māsati →

pts

Māsati, Māsana, Māsin

■ dumapakkāni -māsita Ja.ii.446 (C. reads māsita & explains by asita, dhāta); visa-māsita Mil.302 (T. reads visamāsita) having taken in poison; visa- māsan- ûpatāpa (id. …

māsin →

pts

Māsati, Māsana, Māsin

■ dumapakkāni -māsita Ja.ii.446 (C. reads māsita & explains by asita, dhāta); visa-māsita Mil.302 (T. reads visamāsita) having taken in poison; visa- māsan- ûpatāpa (id. …

māḷaka →

pts

Mālaka (Māḷaka)

a circular (consecrated) enclosure, round, yard (cp. Geiger, Mvu. trsl. 99: “m. is a space marked off and usually terraced within which sacred functions were carried out. In the Mah …

nakkhatta →

pts

the stars or constellations, a conjunction of the moon with diff. constellations, a lunar mansion or the constellations of the lunar zodiac, figuring also as Names of months & determinant factors of h …

nanikāma →

pts

adjective disagreeable, unpleasant Dhp.309 (˚seyyā an uncomfortable bed).

na + nikāma = anikāma

nassana →

pts

disappearance, loss, destruction AN.iii.54 (˚dhamma adj. doomed to perish).

cp. Sk. naśana

nassati →

pts

(v. intr.) to perish, to be lost or destroyed, to disappear, come to an end Snp.666 (na hi nassati kassaci kammaṃ); Iti.90; Ja.i.81, Ja.i.116, Ja.i.150; pret. nassaṃ (prohib.) Snp.1120, pl anassāma …

naṅgala →

pts

…Dhp-a.iii.67 (id.).

  • -īsā the beam of a plough SN.i.104 (of an elephant’s trunk);
  • -kaṭṭhakaraṇa ploughing…

nekkhamma →

pts

giving up the world leading a holy life, renunciation of, or emancipation from worldliness, freedom from lust, craving & desires, dispassionateness self-abnegation, Nibbāna. Vin.i.18 (˚e ānisaṁsa) DN …

nesajjika →

pts

adjective being & remaining in a sitting position (as an ascetic practice) AN.iii.220; Thag.904 Thag.1120; Cnd.587; Ja.iv.8; Pp.69; Vism.79; Mil.20, Mil.342. The n-˚aṅga is one of the dhūtanga-pre …

nesāda →

pts

hunter; also a low caste Vin.iv.7 (+ veṇa & rathakāra); SN.i.93 (˚kula); AN.i.107; AN.ii.85; Ja.ii.36 Ja.iii.330; Ja.iv.397, Ja.iv.413; Ja.v.110, Ja.v.337; Ja.vi.71; Pp.51 (˚kula) Mil.311; Dhp-a.iii …

ni →

pts

Ni˚

Nearly all (ultimately prob. all) words under this heading are compounds with the pref. ni.

A. Forms

  1. Pāli ni˚; combines the two prefixes ni, nis (nir). They ar …

nibbanatha →

pts

adjective free from lust or cravings SN.i.180, SN.i.186 (so ’haṃ vane nibbanatho visallo); Thag.526; Dhp.344; Dāvs i.18.

nis + vanatha

nibbematika →

pts

adjective not disagreeing, of one accord, unanimous Vin.ii.65; Dhp-a.i.34.

nis + vimati + ka

nibbisa →

pts

earnings, wages Thag.606 = Thag.1003 = Mil.45 (cp. Manu vi.45); Snp-a.38.

to nibbisati

nibbisati →

pts

to enter into; to earn, gain, find, enjoy, only in pp. anibbisaṃ not finding Thig.159 (= avindanto Thag-a.142); Ja.i.76 = Dhp.153
pp nibbiṭṭha. See als …

nibbisaya →

pts

adjective having no residence, banished, driven from (-˚) Ja.ii.401.

nis + visaya

nibbisaṅka →

pts

adjective fearless, not hesitating, undaunted Snp-a.61.

nis + visanka, Sk. viśankā

nibbiṭṭha →

pts

past participle gained, earned Vin.iv.265; Snp.25; Snp-a.38.

nis + viṭṭha, of nibbisati

nibbusitattā →

pts

(nibbusitattan?) a dislocated or disconcerted mind, unrest uneasiness DN.i.17.

Sk. *nir-vasit-ātman or *nirvasitatvaṃ (nt. abstr.), to nis-vasati, cp. nirvāsana = nibbisaya

nibbāna →

pts

I. Etymology

Although nir + “to blow”. (cp. BSk. nirvāṇa) is already in use in the Vedic period (see nibbāpeti), we do not find its distinctive ap …

niddesa →

pts

  1. description, attribute, distinction Pv-a.7 (ukkaṭṭha˚) -vatthu object of distinction or praise DN.iii.253; AN.iv.15 (where reading is niddasa, which also as variant reading …

niddisati →

pts

Niddisati & niddissati

to distinguish, point out, explain designate, define, express, to mean Iti.122 = Cnd.276#f Mil.123, Mil.345; Dhs-a.57; Dhp-a.ii.59; Pv-a.87, Pv-a.217 (˚itvā); aor. *[niddis …

niddissati →

pts

Niddisati & niddissati

to distinguish, point out, explain designate, define, express, to mean Iti.122 = Cnd.276#f Mil.123, Mil.345; Dhs-a.57; Dhp-a.ii.59; Pv-a.87, Pv-a.217 (˚itvā); aor. *[niddis …

niddiṭṭha →

pts

past participle expressed, explained, designated Mil.3; Dhs-a.57; Vism.528; Vv-a.13.

see niddisati

niddukkha →

pts

adjective without fault or evil Ja.iii.443 (in expln of anīgha); Pv-a.230 (id.); (in expln of mārisa) K.S. (S.A.), Pv-a.1, Pv-a.2, n. 1.

nis + dukkha

niggacchati →

pts

to go out or away, disappear; to proceed from, only in pp. niggata (q.v.); at Ja.vi.504 as ni˚.

Sk. nirgacchati, nis + gacchati

niggāhaka →

pts

adjective noun one who rebukes, oppresses, oppressor Snp.118 (= bādhaka Snp-a.178, with variant reading ghātaka); Ja.iv.362 (= balisādhaka Com.).

ni + gāhaka, see niggaṇhāti

nijigiṃsanatā →

pts

covetousness Vism.23 sq. (defined), Vism.29 (id. = magganā), referring to Vb.353 where T has jigiṃsanatā, with variant reading nijigīsanatā.

fr. last

nijigiṃsati →

pts

to desire ardently, to covet DN-a.i.92 (= maggeti pariyesati).

Sk. nijigīṣati, ni + jigiṃsati

nikkhamati →

pts

to go forth from, to come out of (c. abl.), to get out, issue forth depart, fig. to leave the household life behind (agārā n.), to retire from the world (cp. abhinikkhamati etc.) or to give up evil …

nikkhipati →

pts

  1. to lay down (carefully), to put down, to lay (an egg) Vin.ii.114; Iti.13, Iti.14 (Pot. nikkhipeyya); Pp.34; Ja.i.49 (aṇḍakaṃ)
  2. to lay aside, to put away Vin.i.46 (patta-cīvaraṃ) AN.i.206 (daṇḍaṃ …

nillaccheti →

pts

to deprive of the marks or characteristics (of virility), to castrate Thig.437 (= purisa-bhāvassa lacchana-bhūtāni bījakāni nillacchesi nīhari Thag-a.270). See also nillañchaka & nillacchita.

nis …

nimesa →

pts

winking Mil.194.

= nimisa, cp. Vedic nimesa

nimisa →

pts

winking, shutting the eyes; animisa not winking Dāvs v.26. See also nimesa.

cp. Vedic nimiṣ f. & nimiṣa nt.

nimisati →

pts

to wink DN.ii.20 (animisanto, not winking; variant reading BB animm˚; Ja.iii.96 (ummisati +). Cp. nimisatā.

Sk. nimiṣati, ni + misati

nimisatā →

pts

winking Ja.vi.336 (a˚).

abstr. to nimisati

nimugga →

pts

adjective plunged, immersed in, sunk down or fallen into (-˚) (c. loc. Vin.iii.106 (gūthakūpe sasīsakaṃ n.); DN.i.75; Ja.i.4 Ja.iii.393 (gūthakalale), Ja.iii.415; Mnd.26; Pp.71; Mil.262 Sdhp.573. Nim …

nipatati →

pts

  1. (intrs.) to fall down, fly down, descend, go out Vin.ii.192 (Bhagavato pādesu sirasā n. bending his head at the feet of Bh.); Pv-a.60 (id.); Ja.i.278; Ja.v.467 (nippatissāmi = nikkhamissāmi Com. …

nippurisa →

pts

adjective

  1. without men Pv-a.177.
  2. without men, executed by females (female devas only (of turiyā = a female orchestra) Vin.i.15; DN.ii.21; Ja.v.506. Cp. Mvu.iii.165 (niṣpuruṣena nāṭakena & Avs.i …

nirabbuda →

pts

Nirabbuda1

masculine neuter a vast number; also Name of a hell SN.i.149 = AN.ii.3 = AN.v.171 (explained at AN.v.173 as “seyyathā pi vīsati abbudā nirayā evam eko nirabbudo nirayo”); Ja.iii …

niraya →

pts

purgatory, hell, a place of punishment & torture, where sin is atoned (i.e. kamma ripens = paccati, is literally boiled) by terrible ordeals (kāraṇāni) similar to & partly identical with those of Hade …

nirodha →

pts

oppression, suppression; destruction, cessation annihilation (of senses, consciousness, feeling being in general: sankhārā). Bdhgh’s expln of the word is: “ni-saddo abhāvaṃ, rodha-saddo c …

nirutti →

pts

one of the Vedāngas (see chaḷanga), expln of words, grammatical analysis etymological interpretation; pronunciation, dialect way of speaking, expression Vin.ii.139 (pabbajitā… sakāya nirutt …

nirāmisa →

pts

adjective having no meat or prey; free from sensual desires, disinterested, not material SN.i.35, SN.i.60; SN.iv.219, SN.iv.235; SN.v.68, SN.v.332; AN.iii.412; DN.iii.278 Vb.195; Vism.71; Sdhp.475, Sd …

nisabha →

pts

“bull among men,” i.e. prince, leader; “princeps,” best of men epithet of the Buddha SN.i.28, SN.i.48, SN.i.91; MN.i.386; Ja.v.70 Ja.vi.526; Vv.16#7 (isi˚), cp. Vv-a.83 for expln; Vv.63#7 …

nisada →

pts

Nisada & Nisadā

feminine a grindstone, esp. the understone of a millstone Vin.i.201; (˚pota id.); Mil.149; Vism.252 (˚pota, where Kp-a at id. p. reads ˚putta). Cp. ā˚.

Sk. dṛṣad f.; for n: d cp. P. …

nisadā →

pts

Nisada & Nisadā

feminine a grindstone, esp. the understone of a millstone Vin.i.201; (˚pota id.); Mil.149; Vism.252 (˚pota, where Kp-a at id. p. reads ˚putta). Cp. ā˚.

Sk. dṛṣad f.; for n: d cp. P. …

nisagga →

pts

Nisagga & Nissagga

giving forth, bestowing; natural state, nature SN.i.54 (˚ss˚). cp. nisaṭṭha

ni or nis + sṛj

nisajjeti →

pts

to spend, bestow, give, give up Pv-a.105 (dānûpakaraṇā nisajjesi read better as ˚karaṇǡni sajjesi). See also nissajjati.

sic MSS. for niss˚; Sk. niḥsarjayati, nis + sajjeti, …

nisajjā →

pts

sitting down, opportunity for sitting, seat Pv.iv.1#2 (seyyā +); Ja.i.217; Pv-a.24 (˚ādipaṭikkhepa-ṭṭhāna), Pv-a.219 (pallankâbhujanādi-lakkhaṇā nisajjā). Cp. nesajjika.

Sk. *niṣadyā of ni sad

nisamma →

pts

adverb carefully, considerately, observing Snp.54; Cnd.367 Cnd.481 b (= sutvā). Esp. in phrase n- kārin acting considerately Dhp.24 (= Dhp-a.i.238); Ja.iii.106; Ja.vi.375; Mil.3; cp. n. kiriyāya M …

nisanti →

pts

careful attention or observation AN.ii.97; AN.iii.201; AN.iv.15 (dhamma˚), AN.iv.36 (id.) AN.iv.296; AN.v.166 (dhamma˚); Dpvs.i.53 (˚kāra). Cp. nisamma & nisāmeti.

Sk. *niśānti, ni + śam

nisaṅkhiti →

pts

deposit (of merit or demerit), accumulation, effect (of kamma Snp.953 (= Mnd.442 abhisankhārā).

Sk. ni-saṃskṛti, ni + saṃ + kṛ.

nisaṭṭha →

pts

past participle given up, spent, lost Thig.484 (variant reading ˚ss˚); Thag-a.286 (= pariccatta). Cp nisajjeti & nisagga.; Nisada & Nisada

nis + saṭṭha of sṛj

nisinna →

pts

adjective sitting down, seated Ja.i.50, Ja.i.255; Ja.iii.126; Kp-a.250; Pv-a.11, Pv-a.16, Pv-a.39 passim
■ Often combd & contrasted with; tiṭṭhaṃ (standing), caraṃ (walking) & *[s …

nissagga →

pts

Nisagga & Nissagga

giving forth, bestowing; natural state, nature SN.i.54 (˚ss˚). cp. nisaṭṭha

ni or nis + sṛj

nissaggiya →

pts

adjective to be given up, what ought to be rejected or abandoned Vin.i.196, Vin.i.254; Vin.iii.195 sq.

Sk. *niḥsārgya grd. of nis + sajjeti, not = Sk. naisargika

nissajjati →

pts

to let loose, give up, hand over, give, pour out Vin.ii.188 ger. nissajja [Sk. niḥsṛjya] Snp.839 (variant reading nisajja); Mnd.189 (id.); Snp-a.545. pp. nisaṭṭha & nissaṭṭha;

nissayati →

pts

to lean on, a foundation on, rely on, trust, pursue Snp.798 (sīlabbataṃ; Snp-a.530 = abhinivisati); Vv-a.83 (katapuññaṃ). Pass. nissīyati Vv-a.83. pp. nissita ger. *[nissāya] …

nissaṭṭha →

pts

adjective dismissed, given up, left, granted, handed over, given Vin.iii.197 (˚cīvara) MN.i.295; MN.ii.203; Vv-a.341. See also nisaṭṭha & paṭi˚.

pp. of nissajjati

nissuta →

pts

adjective flown out or away, vanished, disappeared MN.i.280.

fr. nis + sru, see savati

nissāraṇa →

pts

going or driving out, expulsion Mil.344 (osāraṇa-n- paṭisāraṇa), Mil.357.

fr. nissarati

nisā →

pts

night Vv.35#2 (loc. nise); Vv-a.161 (loc. nisati, variant reading nisi = rattiyaṃ); Mil.388 (loc. nisāya) Dāvs ii.6; Dāvs v.2 (nisāyaṃ). See also nisītha.

Sk. niś & niśā, prob. with niśītha (midnigh …

nisāda →

pts

robber Ja.iv.364. Cp. nesāda.

cp. Sk. niṣāda, a Non-Aryan or barbarian

nisādana →

pts

grinding Dhp-a.i.308.

= ni + śātana

nisādika →

pts

adjective fit for lying down, suitable for resting Vin.i.239 (go˚).

cp. Sk. niṣādin, ni + sad

nisādin →

pts

adjective lying down DN.iii.44, DN.iii.47.

fr. ni + sad

nisāmaka →

pts

adjective observant, listening to, attending to, careful of AN.v.166, AN.v.168 (dhammānaṃ).

cp. Sk. niśāmana

nisāmeti →

pts

to attend to, listen to, observe, be careful of, mind Ja.iv.29 (anisāmetvā by not being careful); Ja.v.486; Dhp-a.i.239 (+ upadhāneti); Pv-a.1 (imper nisāmayatha). Cp. nisanti, nisamma.

ni + sāmeti

nisāna →

pts

hone on which to sharpen a knife Mil.282.

ni + śā to sharpen, to whet, cp. nisita

nisāra →

pts

adjective noun full of sap, excellent, strong (of a tree) Vv.63#1 (= niratisaya sārassa nisiṭṭhasārassa rukkhassa Vv-a.261).

ni + sāra

nisātaka →

pts

in koka˚; Ja.vi.538, a certain wild animal; the meaning is not clear, etymologically it is to be derived fr. Sk. niśātayati to strike, to fell. See Kern,

Toevoegselen

1p. 152, s. v. koka. The va …

nisīdana →

pts

sitting down, occasion or opportunity to sit, a mat to sit on Vin.i.295 Vin.ii.123 (˚ena vippavasati); SN.v.259 (˚ṃ gaṇhāti). -paccattharaṇa a mat for sitting on Vin.i.47, Vin.i.295; Vin.ii.209 Vin …

nisīdati →

pts

to sit down, to be seated, to sit, to dwell Cnd.433; Ja.iii.392; Ja.vi.367; Pv.ii.9#3 (nisīdeyya Pot.); Pv-a.74. aor. nisīdi Vin.i.1; Ja.ii.153; Pv-a.5, Pv-a.23, Pv-a.44; 3rd pl. nisīdi …

nisītha →

pts

midnight, night Thag.3 (aggi yathā pajjalito nisīthe; variant reading BB nisive), Thag.524 (variant reading nisive); Ja.iv.432; Ja.v.330, Ja.v.331 (variant reading BB nisive), Ja.v.506 (= rattibhāga C …

nivattati →

pts

to turn back, to return (opp. gacchati), to turn away from, to flee, vanish, disappear Vin.i.46; DN.i.118; Ja.i.223; Ja.ii.153 Ja.iv.142; Snp.p.80; Pv.ii.9#34; Pv.iv.10#7; Snp-a.374; Pv-a.74 Pv-a.1 …

nivisati →

pts

to enter, stop, settle down on (loc.), to resort to, establish oneself Vin.i.207; Ja.i.309 = Ja.iv.217 (yasmiṃ mano nivisati)
pp niviṭṭha ger nivissa (q.v.). Caus. *[niveseti …

nivissa-vādin →

pts

Nivissa-vādin

adjective noun “speaking in the manner of being settled or sure,” a dogmatist Snp.910, Snp.913, explained at Mnd.326 as “sassato loko idam eva saccaṃ, mogham aññan ti”; at Snp-a.560 a …

niviṭṭha →

pts

adjective settled, established (in); confirmed, sure; fixed on, bent on, devoted to (loc. Snp.57 (= satta allīna etc. Cnd.364), Snp.756, Snp.774, Snp.781 (ruciyā), Snp.824 (saccesu), Snp.892; Mnd.38, …

nivāsa →

pts

stopping, dwelling, resting-place, abode; living, sheltering Ja.i.115 (˚ṃ kappeti to put up), Ja.ii.110; Pv-a.76, Pv-a.78. Usually in phrase pubbe-nivāsaṃ anussarati “to remember one’s former ab …

nu →

pts

indeclinable affirm
■ indef part. “then, now.”

  1. most freq. combined with interr pron. and followed by kho, as kin nu kho Ja.ii.159 kacci Ja.i.279; kaccin nu (for kaccid nu) Ja.ii …

nāma →

pts

name.

  1. Literal. nom. nāmaṃ SN.i.39; Snp.808; Ja.ii.131; Mil.27; acc. nāmaṃ Pv-a.145 (likhi: he wrote her name)
    ■ nāmaṃ karoti to give a name Snp.344 Cnd.466 (n’ etaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ on “ …

nīla →

pts

adjective dark-blue, blue-black blue-green. Nīla serves as a general term to designate the “coloured-black,” as opposed to the “colouredwhite” (pīta yellow), which pairs (nīla-pīta) are both set …

ocaraka FIXME double →

pts

Ocaraka

in special meaning of one who makes himself at home or familiar with, an investigator, informant scout, spy (ocarakā ti carapurisā C. on Ud.66)
■ Thus also in BSk. as avacaraka one who furn …

odahati →

pts

  1. to put down, to put in, supply MN.i.117 (okacaraṃ, see under oka); MN.ii.216 (agad’angāraṃ vaṇa-mukhe odaheyya); Thag.774 (migavo pāsaṃ odahi the hunter set a snare; Morris, J.P.T …

odissa →

pts

adverb only in neg. anodissa without a purpose, indefinitely (? Mil.156 (should we read anudissa?).

ger. of o + disati = Sk. diśati, cp. uddissa

oguṇṭheti →

pts

to cover, veil over, hide SN.iv.122 (ger. oguṇṭhitvā sīsaṃ, perhaps better read as oguṇṭhitā variant reading SS. okuṇṭhitū)
pp oguṇṭhita (q.v.).

o + guṇṭheti

ogāhati FIXME double →

pts

Ogāhati (ogāheti)

to plunge or enter into, to be absorbed in (w. acc. or loc.). Pv.ii.12#11; Vv.6#1 (= anupavisati Vv-a.42), Vv.39#2 (sālavanaṃ o = pavisati Vv-a.177). ogāheti Pv-a.155 (pokkhara …

ogāheti →

pts

Ogāhati (ogāheti)

to plunge or enter into, to be absorbed in (w. acc. or loc.). Pv.ii.12#11; Vv.6#1 (= anupavisati Vv-a.42), Vv.39#2 (sālavanaṃ o = pavisati Vv-a.177). ogāheti Pv-a.155 (pokkhara …

okampeti →

pts

to shake, to wag, only in phrase sīsaṃ okampeti to shake one’s head MN.i.108 MN.i.171; SN.i.118.

o + Caus. of kamp

okāsa FIXME double →

pts

Okāsa

  1. lit. “visibility”, (visible) space as geometrical term, open space, atmosphere, air as space DN.i.34 (ananto okāso); Vism.184 (with disā pariccheda), Vism.243 (id.); Pv-a.14 (okāsaṃ pharitvā …

omissaka →

pts

adjective mixed, miscellaneous, various Ja.v.37; Ja.vi.224 (˚parisā). Cp. vo˚.

o + missaka

opadhika →

pts

adjective forming a substratum for rebirth (always with ref. to puñña, merit). Not with Morris, J.P.T.S. 1885 38 as “exceedingly great”; the correct interpretation is given by Dhpāla at Vv-a.154 as “ …

opatati →

pts

to fall or fly down (on), to fall over (w. acc.) Ja.ii.228 (lokāmisaṃ ˚anto); Ja.vi.561 (˚itvā ger.) Mil.368, Mil.396
pp opatita.

o + pat

osadhī →

pts

There is no difference in meaning between osadha and osadhī; both mean equally any medicine whether of herbs or other ingredients. Cp. e.g. AN.iv.100 (bījagāma-bhūtagāmā… osadhi-tiṇavanappatayo) Pv. …

ossajati →

pts

Avassajati & ossajati

to let loose, let go, send off, give up, dismiss, release (ava) Ja.iv.425; Ja.v.487 (aor. avassaji read for avissaji).

ava + sṛj, perhaps ud + sṛj = Sk. utsṛjati, althoug …

ovadiya →

pts

adjective who or what can be advised, advisable Vin.i.59 (+ anusāsiya); Vv.84#36 (ovāda-vasena vattabbaṃ Vv-a.345).

grd. of ovadati

pabhassati →

pts

to fall down or off, drop, disappear Vin.ii.135 (pret. pabhassittha); Vin.iv.159 (id.)
■ Cp. pabhaṃsana.

pa + bhraṃś; cp. Sk. prabhraśyate

pabhaṃsana →

pts

adjective noun causing to fall or disappear depriving, taking away, theft, in maṇi˚ jewel-theft Ja.vi.383. (Rh. D. “polishing”?) Kern in

Toevoegselen

s. v takes pabhaṃsana as a der. fr. pa + *bh …

pabheda →

pts

breaking or splitting up, breaking, opening Vv-a.183; akkhara˚ breaking up of letters, word-analysis, phonology DN.i.88 (= sikkhā ca nirutti ca DN-a.i.247 = Snp-a.447)
■ adj (-˚) breaking up in …

paccakkha →

pts

adjective “before the eye,” perceptible to the senses, evident clear, present Dhs-a.254; Pv-a.125; Sdhp.416. Often in obl. cases, viz. instr. -ena personally Ja.i.377; abl -ato from personal e …

paccakkhāti →

pts

lit. to speak against, i.e. to reject, refuse, disavow, abandon, give up, usually in connection with Buddhaṃ, dhammaṃ sikkhaṃ or similar terms of a religious-moral nature Vin.iii.25; SN.ii.231, SN.ii …

paccanta →

pts

adjective noun adj. adjoining, bordering on, neighbouring, adjacent Dhp.315; Ja.i.11 (v.47, ˚desa), Ja.i.377 (˚vāsika); Pv-a.201 (˚nagara); Dhp-a.iii.488 (id.); Sdhp.11 (˚visaya). (m.) the border, o …

paccasāri →

pts

paccatta →

pts

adjective separate, individual; usually acc. -ṃ adv. separately, individually, singly, by himself in his own heart DN.i.24 (yeva nibbuti viditā); DA on DN.ii.77 = attano attano abbhantare; MN.i.251 …

paccaya →

pts

lit. resting on, falling back on, foundation cause, motive etc. See on term as t.t. of philosophy Tikapaṭṭhāna I, foreword; J.P.T.S. 1916, 21 f.; Cpd. 42 sq. & esp. 259 sq.

  1. (lit.) support, req …

pacceka →

pts

adjective each one, single, by oneself, separate, various several DN.i.49 (itthi); DN.ii.261 (˚vasavattin, of the 10 issaras); SN.i.26 (˚gāthā a stanza each), SN.i.146 (˚brahma an independent Brahma); …

pacchima →

pts

adjective

  1. hindmost, hind-, back-, last (opp. purima), latest DN.i.239; MN.i.23 (˚yāma the last night watch); DN-a.i.45 sq. (id. ˚kicca duties or performances in the 3rd watch, corres …

paccupadissati →

pts

to accept, receive; or: to show, point out Ja.v.221 (variant reading paccuttarissati to go through, perhaps preferable; C. on p. 225 explains by sampaṭicchissati).

reading uncertain; either paṭi + u …

paccācikkhati →

pts

to reject, repudiate, disallow DN.iii.3; MN.i.245 MN.i.428; Vin.iv.235.

Intens. of paccakkhāti, paṭi + ā + cikkhati of khyā

paccākata →

pts

rejected, disappointed Vin.iv.237, Vin.iv.238.

pp. of paṭi + a + kṛ.

pacura →

pts

adjective general, various, any; abundant, many Ja.v.40 (= bahu salabha C.); Mil.408 (˚jana) Dāvs iv.11, Dāvs iv.50; Vv-a.213 (˚jano for yādisakīdiso Vv.50#11). See also pasura.

cp. late Sk. pracura

padesa →

pts

indication, location, range, district; region, spot, place SN.ii.227, SN.ii.254 SN.v.201; AN.ii.167 (cattāro mahā˚); Dhp.127 (jagati˚), Dhp.303; Ja.ii.3, Ja.ii.158 (himavanta˚); Ja.iii.25 (id.), Ja.ii …

padumin →

pts

adjective noun having a lotus, belonging to a lotus, lotus-like; Name of (the spotted) elephant Snp.53 (explained at Snp-a.103 as “padumasadisa-gattatāya vā Padumakule uppannatāya vā padumī,” cp. C …

paggaṇhāti →

pts

  1. to stretch forth, hold out or up, take up DN.i.123 (sujaṃ the sacrificial ladle), DN.i.125 (añjaliṃ stretch out the hollow hands as a token of respectful greeting); SN.i.141; SN.ii.280; Ja.i.89 (pa …

paghaṇa →

pts

covered terrace before a house Vin.ii.153 (“paghanaṃ nāma yaṃ nikkhamantā ca pavisantā ca pādehi hananti. tassa vihāra-dvāre ubhato kuṭṭaṃ niharitvā katapadesass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ” Bdhgh, quoted *Vin …

pagāhati →

pts

to dive into, sink into Snp.819 (≈ ajjhogāha Snp-a.537; = ogāhati ajjhogāhati pavisati Mnd.152)
pp pagāḷha.

pa + gāhati

pahāsati →

pts

in pahāsanto saparisaṃ at Thag-a.69 should preferably be read as pahāsayanto parisaṃ, thus taken as Caus. of pa + has, i.e. making one smile, gladdening.

pajjhāyati →

pts

to be in flames, to waste, decay, dry up; fig. to be consumed or overcome with grief disappointment or remorse Vin.iii.19; Vin.iv.5; AN.ii.214 AN.ii.216; AN.iii.57; Ja.iii.534 (pajjhāti metri causa; C …

pakappita →

pts

arranged, planned, attended to, designed, made Snp.648 (= kata Snp-a.471). Snp.784, Snp.786 (diṭṭhi “prejudiced view” Fausböll; cp. Mnd.72 and pakappanā), Snp.802, Snp.838 (= kappita abhisankhata saṇ …

pakhuma →

pts

an eyelash unsally as adj.: having eyelashes (-˚) DN.ii.18 (go˚) SN.i.132 (˚antarikāyaṃ between the lashes); Ja.v.216 (visāla˚ for alārapamha T.); Thag-a.255 (dīgha˚ for āyatapamha Thig.383); Vv-a. …

pakka →

pts

adjective

  1. ripe (opp. āma raw, as Vedic; and apakka) and also “cooked, boiled, baked” SN.i.97 (opp. āmaka); SN.iv.324 (˚bhikkhā); Snp.576; Ja.v.286
    ■ nt. pakkaṃ that which is ripe, i.e. a fr …

pakkha →

pts

Pakkha1

  1. side of the body, flank wing, feathers (cp. pakkhin), in compounds -biḷāla a flying fox (sort of bat) Bdhgh on ulūka-camma at Vin.i.186 (MV. Vin.v.2, 4; cp. Vin. Texts ii.1 …

pakkhepa →

pts

-na (nt.) throwing, hurling; being thrown into (loc.) Pv-a.221 (lohakumbhi˚ in passage of ordeals in Niraya); Dhp-a.i.357 (nadiyaṃ visa-pakkhepana).

fr. pa + kṣip

pakāsati →

pts

to shine forth, to be visible, to become known Snp.445, Snp.1032 (= bhāsati tapati virocati Cnd.373)
caus pakāseti to show up, illustrate, explain make known, give information …

palisajjati →

pts

to loosen, make loose SN.ii.89 (mūlāni).

pari + sṛj

palāpa →

pts

Palāpa1

chaff of corn, pollard AN.iv.169 (yava˚); Ja.i.467, Ja.i.468; Ja.iv.34; Snp-a.165 (in exegesis of palāpa2 variant reading BB palāsa), Snp-a.312 (id.); Ja.iv.34, Ja.iv. …

palāsa →

pts

Palāsa1

masculine & neuter

  1. the tree Butea frondosa or Judas tree Ja.iii.23 (in Palāsa Jātaka).
  2. a leaf; collectively (nt.) foliage, pl. (nt.) leaves SN.ii.178; Ja.i.120 (nt.); Ja.iii …

pamukha →

pts

Pamukha1

adjective lit. “in front of the face,” fore-part, first, foremost, chief, prominent SN.i.234, SN.i.235; Snp.791 (variant reading BB and Mnd.92 for pamuñca); Ja.v.5, Ja.v.169. loc …

panassati →

pts

to be lost, to disappear, to go to ruin, to cease to be MN.i.177; SN.ii.272 (read panassissati with BB); Ja.v.401 Ja.vi.239; Thag.143.

pa + nassati, cp. also BSk praṇāśa Divy.626

panna →

pts

fallen, gone, gone down; also: creeping only in foll. compounds:

  • -ga a snake Thag.429 (˚inda chief of snake-demons) Ja.v.166; Mil.23.
  • -gandha with gone down (i.e. deterio …

papatati →

pts

to fall forward, to fall down, off or from, to fall into (acc.) Vin.ii.284; MN.i.79, MN.i.80; SN.i.48 (visame magge), SN.i.187 (= Thag.1220 patanti), SN.i.100, SN.ii.114; SN.v.47; Dhp.336; Ja.v.31; Pv …

para →

pts

adverb adjective

  1. (adv. & prep.) beyond, on the further side of (with abl. or loc.), over Pv-a.168 (para Gangāya, variant reading ˚āyaṃ). See in same meaning & application paraṃ, paro and parā & c …

paraṃ →

pts

(param˚) adverb further, away (from); as prep. (w. abl.) after, beyond; absolute only in phrase ito paraṃ from here, after this, further, e.g. Kp-a.131; Snp-a.160, Snp-a.178, Snp …

pareta →

pts

gone on to, affected with, overcome by (-˚), syn. with abhibhūta (e.g. Pv-a.41, Pv-a.80). Very frequent in combination with terms of suffering, misadventure and passion, e.g. …

pari →

pts

Pari˚

indeclinable prefix, signifying (lit. around, round about; (fig.) all round, i.e. completely altogether. The use as prep. (with acc. = against, w abl. = from) has entirely disappeared in Pāli …

paribhuñjati →

pts

  1. to enjoy, to use, to enjoy the use of Vin.ii.109; MN.i.153 (nivāpaṃ p.), MN.i.207, SN.ii.29; Snp.240, Snp.241, Snp.423; Pv.i.1#2; Pv.i.9#4; Pv.iv.5#2 (= khādituṃ Pv-a.259); Cnd.427 (pariyesati paṭ …

pariccāga →

pts

  1. giving up, abandonment, sacrifice, renunciation AN.i.92 (āmisa˚ & dhamma material & spiritual); Pts.ii.98 Ja.i.12 (jīvita˚) Dhp-a.iii.441 (pañca mahāpariccāgā the five great sacrifices i.e. the gi …

pariggaha →

pts

  1. wrapping round, enclosing Thag.419 (? cp. Brethren 217 n. 6).
  2. taking up, seizing on, acquiring, acquisition, also in bad sense of “grasping” Snp.779 (= taṇhā and diṭṭhi˚ Mnd.57) Pts.i.172; Pts …

parihāra →

pts

  1. attention, care (esp -), in compounds like gabbha˚; care of the foetus Dhp-a.i.4; dāraka˚; care of the infant Ja.ii.20; kumāra˚; looking after the prince Ja.i.148, Ja.ii.48; Dhp-a.i.346; * …

parikaḍḍhati →

pts

to draw over or towards oneself, to win over seduce DN.ii.283 (purisaṃ); Mil.143 (janapadaṃ). Cp parikassati and samparikaḍḍhati.

pari + k˚, cp. …

parikissati →

pts

to be dragged about or worried, to be harassed, to get into trouble SN.i.39 (trsl. “plagues itself”); AN.ii.177 AN.iv.186; Snp.820 (variant reading Nd i.˚kilissati; explained at Mnd.154 as kissati par …

parikkhaya →

pts

exhaustion, waste, diminution, decay, loss, end DN.i.156; MN.i.453; MN.iii.37 sq.; SN.i.2, SN.i.90, SN.i.152; SN.v.461; AN.i.100, AN.i.299 AN.ii.68; AN.iii.46 (bhogā ˚ṃ gacchanti); AN.iv.148, AN.iv.35 …

parinibbuta →

pts

adjective completely calmed, at peace, at rest (as to the distinction of the twofold application see parinibbāna and cp., Mrs. Rh.D. Buddhism p. 191; Cpd. p. 168), viz.

1 …

paripantha →

pts

  1. “way round,” edge, border; paripanthe in ambush (near a road) MN.i.87; Ja.iii.65.
  2. obstacle, hindrance, danger. It refers esp. to danger arising out of mishaps to or bad conditions of roads in th …

paripūreti →

pts

to fulfil; to fill (up), make more full, supplement, fill out, add to DN.i.74 (parisandeti p. parippharati; DN-a.i.217 explains as “vāyunā bhastaṃ viya pūreti”); DN.ii.221; MN.iii.92; SN.i.27 (devakā …

parisahati →

pts

to overcome, conquer, master, get the better of SN.iv.112; exegetically in formula sahati p. abhibhavati ajjhottharati etc. Mnd.12, Mnd.361 = Cnd.420.

pari + sahati

parisakkati →

pts

to go about to (with inf. or dat.), to endeavour, undertake try Vin.ii.18 = AN.iv.345 (alābhāya); Ja.i.173 (vadhāya); Ja.ii.394; Pv.iv.5#2 (= payogaṃ karoti Pv-a.259).

pari + sakkati

parisamantato →

pts

adverb from all sides Vv-a.236.

pari + samantato

parisambāhati →

pts

to stroke, to rub from all sides MN.ii.120; SN.i.178, SN.i.194; AN.v.65.

pari + sambāhati

parisandeti →

pts

to make flow round, to make overflow, to fill, in phrase kāyaṃ abhisandeti p DN.i.75, DN.i.214; MN.iii.92 sq. etc. explained as “samantato sandeti” at DN-a.i.217
pp *[parisanna](/define/parisanna …

parisanna →

pts

surrounded or filled with water, drenched, well-watered DN.i.75; MN.iii.94.

pp. of parisandati, cp. parisandeti

parisappanā →

pts

running about, fear, hesitation, doubt, always combined with āsappanā and only found with ref. to the exegesis of “doubt” (vicikicchā or kankhā) Cnd.1; Dhs.425 (cp. Dhs trsl.116 and Dhs-a.260); DN\ …

parisappati →

pts

to run about, crawl about, to be frightened Dhp.342, Dhp.343 (= saṃsappati bhāyati Dhp-a.iv.49).

pari + sṛp

parisarati →

pts

to remember, recollect Ja.vi.199 (read parissaraṃ).

pari + smr, but according to Kern,

Toevoegselen

s. v. pari here fr. Prk. paḍi = Sk. prati, thus for pratismarati.

parisaṃsibbita →

pts

sewn together, entwined Dhp-a.iii.198 (variant reading for saṃsibbita +).

pari + pp. of saṃsibbati

parisaṅgāhāpeti →

pts

to induce someone to mention or relate something Ja.vi.328.

pari + Caus. of sangaṇhāti

parisaṅkati →

pts

to suspect, fear, have apprehension Ja.iii.210, Ja.iii.541; Dhp-a.i.81
pp -saṅkita (q.v.). Cp. āsaṅkati.

pari + sankati

parisaṅkita →

pts

suspecting or suspected, having apprehensions, fearing Vin.ii.243 (diṭṭha-suta˚) AN.iii.128; Ja.iv.214; Ja.v.80; Mil.372; Dhp-a.i.223 (āsankita˚)
■ Cp. āsaṅkita & ussaṅkita.

pp. of parisankati

parisaṅku →

pts

in -patha the region round the path of stakes & sticks, Name of a path leading up to Gijjha-pabbata (see expln at Ja.iii.485) Ja.iii.484.

parisaṅkā →

pts

suspicion, misgiving. Vin.iv.314 DN.iii.218 cp. āsaṅkā

fr. pari + śaṅk

parisaṇha →

pts

adjective very smooth or soft Mil.198.

pari + saṇha

parisaṇṭhāti →

pts

to return into the former state, to be restored; aor. -saṇṭhāsi Ja.iii.341.

pari + saṇṭhāti

parisaṭha →

pts

adjective very fraudulent or crafty Pp.23 (saṭha +).

pari + saṭha

parissañjati →

pts

(˚ssajati?) to embrace, enfold, Ja.i.466; Ja.vi.156 (˚itvā, variant reading ˚ssajitvā & palisajjitvā).

pari + svaj

parisā →

pts

surrounding people, group collection, company, assembly, association, multitude Var. typical sets of assemblies are found in the Canon viz, eight assemblies (khattiya˚, brāhmaṇa˚, gahapati˚ samaṇa˚, …

parivaccha →

pts

being active, preparation, outfit Ja.v.46; Ja.vi.21 (gamana˚); Dhp-a.i.207 (gloss & variant reading gamana-parisajja), Dhp-a.i.395 (variant reading parisajja).

Note. According to Kern,

Toevoeg …

pariveṇa →

pts

  1. all that belongs to a castle, a mansion and its constituents Vv.84#53 (explained at Vv-a.351 as follows: veṇiyato pekkhitabbato pariveṇaṃ pāsāda-kūtâgāra-ratti-ṭṭhān’ ādisampannaṃ pākāraparikkh …

parivisaka →

pts

adjective providing, serving food Vism.108.

fr. parisati

parivisati →

pts

to serve (with food = instr.), wait upon present, offer Vin.i.240 (bhatṭena); Vin.ii.77 (kaṇājakena bilangadutiyena); DN.ii.127; Ja.i.87, Ja.i.90; Ja.ii.277; Ja.iv.116; Pv.ii.8#4 (= bhojeti Pv-a.107) …

parivāra →

pts

  1. surrounding, suite, retinue, followers, entourage, pomp Ja.i.151; Ja.iv.38; Ja.vi.75; Pv-a.21, Pv-a.30 (˚cāga-cetana, read pariccāga-cetana?); usually as adj.-˚ surrounded by, in company of …

pariyanta →

pts

  1. limit, end, climax, border SN.i.80 (manāpa˚ “limit-point in enjoyment”; cp. C. nipphattikaṃ koṭikaṃ K.S. 320) Ja.i.149 (hattha-pāda˚ hoofs), Ja.i.221 (udaka˚), Ja.i.223 (sara˚), Ja.ii.200 (anga …

pariyeṭṭhi →

pts

search for DN.i.222; AN.i.93 (āmisa˚ & dhamma˚); AN.iii.416; Snp.289 (vijjācaraṇa˚) Ja.i.14; Ne.1, Ne.5; DN-a.i.271.

pari + eṭṭhi of esati, ā + iṣ

pariyādinna →

pts

  1. (Pass. exhausted, finished, put an end to, consummated Vin.i.25 (tejo); DN.ii.8 = MN.iii.118; SN.ii.133 sq. (dukkhaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ +); SN.v.461 sq
    ■ neg. apariyādinna not finished, not exhaus …

pariyādiyati →

pts

  1. to put an end to exhaust, overpower, destroy, master, control SN.iii.155 (rāgaṃ); Nd ii.under parisahati
    pot -ādiyeyyaṃ Vin.i.25 (tejaṃ)
    ger -adiyitvā Vin.i.25 (tejaṃ), Vin.iv.109 ( …

pariyādāna →

pts

“taking up completely,” i.e. using up, consummation, consumption finishing, end MN.i.487 (kaṭṭha˚, opp. to upādāna) SN.i.152; SN.iii.16 sq. (cetaso p., cp. pariyādāya & ˚dinna), SN.iv.33 (sabb’ upādān …

pariṇamati →

pts

  1. to change (trs. & intrs.), lit. to bend round, to turn (round), to be transformed into (acc.) SN.iii.3 (reading pariṇamati once, at other passages vi˚, cp. p. 40); Mil.136 (bhojanaṃ visamaṃ p food …

parāmāsa →

pts

touching contact, being attached to, hanging on, being under the influence of, contagion (Dhs. trsl. 316). In Asl.49, Bdhgh analyses as parato āmasantīti parāmāsā: p. means “they handle dhamma’s *as …

pasavati →

pts

to bring forth, give birth to, beget, produce; mostly fig. in combination with the foll. nouns kibbisaṃ to commit sin Vin.ii.204; AN.v.75; pāpaṃ id Pv.iv.1#50; puññaṃ to produce merit SN.i.182, …

pasāda →

pts

  1. clearness, brightness, purity; referring to the colours (“visibility”) of the eye Ja.i.319 (akkhīni maṇiguḷa-sadisāni paññāyamāna pañca-ppasādāni ahesuṃ); Snp-a.453 (pasanna-netto i.e. pañca-v …

pasādhana →

pts

ornament, decoration, parure Ja.ii.186 (rañño sīsa ˚kappaka king’s headdress-maker i.e. barber); Ja.iii.437; Ja.iv.3 (ura-cchada˚); Dhp-a.i.227 (˚peḷikā), Dhp-a.i.342 (˚kappaka), Dhp-a.i.393; Tha …

patissā →

pts

…in BSk. we find pratīsā which if legitimate would refer the word to a basis different than śru. The form occurs in cpd. sapratīśa…

patta-kkhandha →

pts

Patta-kkhandha

downcast, dejected, disappointed Vin.ii.77 = Vin.iii.162 (trsld “with fallen hearts,” explained as patita, see Vin. Texts iii.13); SN.i.124; MN.i.132, MN.i.258; MN.iii.29 …

patta →

pts

Patta1

neuter

  1. the wing of a bird, a feather Vin.iv.259; DN.i.71. kukkuṭa˚ a hen’s quill (for sewing) Vin.ii.215
  2. a leaf MN.i.429; Snp.44 = Snp.64 (sañchinna˚, see Cnd.625); Snp.625 ( …

pattheti →

pts

to wish for, desire, pray for, request, long for SN.iv.125; SN.v.145; Snp.114 Snp.899; Thig.341; Mnd.312, Mnd.316; Pp-a 208 (āsaṃsati +) Pv-a.148; Sdhp.66, Sdhp.319; ppr. patthento Pv-a.107 *pat …

pavattati →

pts

intransitive

  1. to move on, go forward, proceed Pv.i.5#7; Pv-a.8, Pv-a.131; of water: to flow SN.ii.31; Ja.ii.104; Pv-a.143, Pv-a.154, Pv-a.198.
  2. to exist to be, continue in existence Ja.i.64; …

pavekkhati →

pts

is fut. pavisati.

paveseti →

pts

  1. to make enter, allow to enter, usher in MN.i.79; Ja.i.150 (miga-gaṇaṃ uyyānaṃ) Ja.i.291; Ja.vi.179; Vism.39; Pv-a.38, Pv-a.44, Pv-a.61 (gehaṃ), Pv-a.141 (id.); Dhp-a.i.397.
  2. to furnish, pro …

pavisana →

pts

going in, entering, entrance Ja.i.294; Ja.ii.416; Ja.vi.383; Dhp-a.i.83. Cp. pavesana.

fr. pa + viś

pavisati →

pts

to go in, to enter (acc.) Snp.668, Snp.673; Dhp-a.ii.72 (opp. nikkhamati); Pv-a.4, Pv-a.12, Pv-a.47 (nagaraṃ). Pot. -vise Snp.387 imper. pavisa MN.i.383; SN.i.213 fut. pavisissati Vin.i.87; …

paviṭṭha →

pts

entered, gone into (acc.), visited SN.i.197; SN.ii.19; Dhp.373; DN-a.i.288; Pv-a.12, Pv-a.13.

pp. of pavisati

pavāti →

pts

to diffuse a scent Dhp.54; Thag.528; Ja.v.63 (disā bhāti p. ca). See also pavāyati.

pa +

pavāyati →

pts

to blow forth, to permeate (of a scent), to diffuse Ja.i.18 (dibba-gandho p.); Vism.58 (dasa disā sīla-gandho p.). Cp. pavāti.

pa +

pañca →

pts

adjective noun masculine

Cases:
■ gen. dat. pañcannaṃ,
■ instr. abl pañcahi,
■ loc. pañcasu;
■ often used in compositional form pañca˚ (cp. Ved. pañcāra with 5 spokes RV i.16413; G …

paññāya →

pts

indeclinable understanding fully, knowing well, realising, in full recognition, in thorough realisation or understanding. Used most frequently with yathābhūtaṃ (q.v. SN.i.13 (bhāveti), SN.i.44 (lokasm …

paṃsu →

pts

dust, dirt, soil SN.v.459; AN.i.253; Pv.ii.3#7
paṃsvāgārakā playmates SN.iii.190; saha paṃsukīḷitā id. (lit. playing together with mud, making mud pies) AN.ii.186; Ja.i.364; Pv-a.30. Cp. BSk sa …

paṇhin →

pts

adjective having heels DN.ii.17 (āyata˚ having projecting heels, the 3rd of the 32 characteristics of a Mahāpurisa).

fr. paṇhi

paṇāma →

pts

bending, salutation, obeisance (cp. paṇāmeti 1) Vv-a.321 (˚ṃ karoti = añjaliṃ karoti)
■ As paṇāmana nt. at Ja.iv.307.

fr. pa + nam, see paṇamati

Paṇāma

bowing, bow, ob …

paṇāmeti →

pts

  1. to bend forth or over, stretch out, raise, in phrase añjaliṃ p. to raise the hands in respectful salutation Vin.ii.188; DN.i.118; Snp.p.79.
  2. to bend to or over, to shut, in kavāṭaṃ p. to shut t …

paṇḍu →

pts

adjective pale-red or yellow, reddish, light yellow, grey; only at Thig.79 (kisā paṇḍu vivaṇṇā), where paṇḍu represents the usual up-paṇḍ’-uppaṇḍuka-jātā: “thin, pale and colourless” (see Thag- …

paṇṇarasa →

pts

Paṇṇarasa & Paṇṇavīsati

see pañca 1 B, & C.

paṇṇattika →

pts

adjective having a manifestation or name, in a˚-bhāva state without designation, state of non-manifestation, indefinite or unknown state (with ref to the passing nature of the phenomenal world) Dhp\ …

paṇṇavīsati →

pts

Paṇṇarasa & Paṇṇavīsati

see pañca 1 B, & C.

paṭhama →

pts

adjective num. ord. “the first,” in foll. meanings:

  1. the first, foremost, former Snp.93, Snp.436, Snp.1031; Ja.ii.110; Kp-a.i.192; Dhp-a.iii.5, Dhp-a.iii.196 (˚vaya, contrasted with majjhima & p …

paṭi →

pts

indeclinable directional prefix in well-defined meaning of “back (to), against towards, in opposition to, opposite.” As preposition (with acc. and usually postponed) towards, near by, at usually …

paṭicca →

pts

grounded on, on account of, concerning, because (with acc.) MN.i.265 (etaṃ on these grounds); SN.iii.93 = Iti.89 (atthavasaṃ); Ja.ii.386 (= abhisandhāya); Snp.680, Snp.784 Snp.872, Snp.1046; Snp-a.35 …

paṭicchādita →

pts

covered, concealed, hidden Ja.vi.23 (= paṭisanthata Pv-a.48.

pp. of paṭicchādeti, cp. paṭicchanna

paṭidisā →

pts

an opposite (counter-) point of the compass, opposite quarter DN.iii.176 (disā ca p. ca vidisā ca).

paṭi + disā

paṭihaṃsati →

pts

to beat, knock against Pv-a.271 (for ghaṭṭeti Pv.iv.10#8; variant reading paṭipisati).

for ghaṃsati?

paṭikibbisa →

pts

wrong doing in return, retaliation Ja.iii.135.

paṭi + kibbisa

paṭikkūla →

pts

adjective lit. against the slope; averse, objectionable, contrary, disagreeable Vin.i.58 (˚kūla) DN.iii.112, DN.iii.113; MN.i.341 (dukkha˚); SN.iv.172 (id.) Ja.i.393; Vv-a.92 (K.); Pv-a.77; Vb-a.25 …

paṭilīna →

pts

having withdrawn, keeping away SN.i.48 (˚nisabha “expert to eliminate”; reading pati˚); with reading pati also; AN.ii.41; AN.iv.449; Snp.810 Snp.852; Mnd.130, Mnd.224 (rāgassa etc. pahīnattā patilīno) …

paṭinissagga →

pts

giving up, forsaking; rejection, renunciation Vin.iii.173 MN.iii.31 SN.v.421f. AN.i.100 AN.i.299 AN.iv.148 AN.iv.350 Pts.i.194 (two p., viz. pariccāga˚ and pakkhandana˚) Pp.19 Pp.21, Pp.22
■ ādāna …

paṭipavisati →

pts

to go in(to) again; Caus. -paveseti to make go in again, to put back (inside again Vin.i.276
pp paṭipaviṭṭha (q.v.).

paṭi + pavisati

paṭipaviṭṭha →

pts

gone inside again Snp.979.

pp. of paṭipavisati

paṭipurisa →

pts

rival, opponent Mnd.172.

paṭi + purisa

paṭisakkati →

pts

to run back Vin.ii.195; AN.iv.190.

paṭi + sakkati

paṭisalliyati →

pts

(˚līyati) to be in seclusion (for the purpose of meditation) Vin.iii.39 (inf. ˚salliyituṃ); DN.ii.237; SN.v.12 (id.), SN.v.320, SN.v.325; Mil.139
pp paṭisallīna (q.v.).

fr. …

paṭisallāna →

pts

(& ˚āṇa, e.g. SN.v.320) neuter retirement for the purpose of meditation, solitude, privacy, seclusion DN.iii.252; MN.i.526; SN.i.77; SN.iii.15; SN.iv.80, SN.iv.144; SN.v.12 SN.v.398, SN.v.414; AN.ii.5 …

paṭisallīna →

pts

secluded, retired, gone into solitude abstracted, plunged in meditation, separated Vin.i.101 (rahogata +); DN.i.134, DN.i.151; SN.i.71, SN.i.146 sq. (divāvihāragata +), SN.i.225; SN.ii.74 (rahogata …

paṭisama →

pts

adjective equal, forming, a counterpart Mil.205 (rāja˚); neg. appaṭisama not having one’s equal, incomparable Ja.i.94; Mil.331.

paṭi + sama

paṭisambhidā →

pts

lit. “resolving continuous breaking up,” i.e. analysis, analytic insight discriminating knowledge. See full discussion expln of term at Kvu translation 377–⁠382. Always referred to as “the …

paṭisammajjati →

pts

to sweep over again Mil.15.

paṭi + sammajjati

paṭisammodeti →

pts

to greet friendly in return Ja.vi.224 (= sammodanīya-kathāya paṭikatheti C.).

paṭi + saṃ + Caus. of mud

paṭisandahati →

pts

to undergo reunion (see next) Mil.32.

paṭi + sandahati

paṭisandhi →

pts

reunion (of vital principle with a body), reincarnation, metempsychosis Pts.i.11 sq. Pts.i.52, Pts.i.59 sq.; Pts.ii.72 sq.; Ne.79, Ne.80; Mil.140; Dhp-a.ii.85; Vv-a.53; Pv-a.8, Pv-a.79, Pv-a.136, …

paṭisantharati →

pts

to receive kindly, to welcome, Mil.409; Dhs-a.397. ger. ˚santhāya Ja.vi.351
pp paṭisanthata (q.v.).

paṭi + saṃ + tharati of stṛ.

paṭisanthata →

pts

kindly received (covered, concealed? C.) Ja.vi.23 (= paṭicchāditaṃ guttaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ vā C.).

pp. of paṭisantharati

paṭisanthāra →

pts

lit. spreading before, i.e. friendly welcome, kind reception, honour, goodwill favour, friendship DN.iii.213, DN.iii.244; AN.i.93; AN.iii.303 sq. AN.iv.28, AN.iv.120; AN.v.166, AN.v.168 (˚aka adj. one …

paṭisarati →

pts

Paṭisarati1

to run back, stay back, lag behind Snp.8 sq. (opp. atisarati; aor. paccasāri explained by ohiyyi Snp-a.21).

paṭi + sṛ.

Paṭisarati2

to think back upon, to ment …

paṭisaraṇa →

pts

refuge in (-˚), shelter, help, protection MN.i.295 (mano as p. of the other 5 senses), MN.iii.9; SN.iv.221; SN.v.218; AN.i.199 (bhagavaṃ˚); AN.ii.148 (sa˚ able to be restored); AN.iii.186 (kamma˚); A …

paṭisatena →

pts

adverb by the hundred, i.e. in front of a hundred (people) Vin.i.269.

paṭi + instr. of sataṃ

paṭisattu →

pts

an enemy (in retaliation) Ja.ii.406; Mnd.172, Mnd.173; Mil.293.

paṭi + sattu

paṭisañcikkhati →

pts

to think over, to discriminate, consider, reflect Vin.i.5; DN.i.63; MN.i.267, MN.i.499; MN.iii.33; SN.i.137; AN.i.205; Pp.25 Vism.283.

paṭi + saṃ + cikkhati of khyā; cp. paṭisankhāti & BSk. prati …

paṭisañjīvita →

pts

revived, resurrected MN.i.333.

pp. of paṭi + saṃ + jīv

paṭisaṃharati →

pts

to draw back, withdraw, remove, take away, give up Vin.ii.185 (sakavaṇṇaṃ); DN.i.96; SN.v.156; Pv-a.92 (devarūpaṃ).

paṭi + saṃ + hṛ; cp. BSk. pratisaṃharati Mvu.i.82

paṭisaṃharaṇa →

pts

removing Ne.27, Ne.41.

fr. paṭisaṃharati

paṭisaṃvedeti →

pts

to feel, experience, undergo, perceive DN.i.43, DN.i.45; AN.i.157 (domanassaṃ); AN.iv.406 (id.); Pp.59; Pv-a.192 (mahādukkhaṃ). There is also a by-form, viz. paṭisaṃvediyati SN.ii.18, SN.ii.75, SN …

paṭisaṃvedin →

pts

adjective experiencing, feeling, enjoying or suffering MN.i.56; SN.i.196; SN.ii.122; SN.iv.41; SN.v.310 sq. AN.i.164 (sukhadukkha˚); AN.iv.303 (id.); AN.v.35 (id.); Iti.99; Pts.i.95, Pts.i.114 (evaṃsu …

paṭisaṃvidita →

pts

apperceived, known, recognised, in phrase “pubbe appaṭisaṃvidita pañho” SN.ii.54.

pp. of paṭi + saṃ + vid; same (prati) at Mvu.iii.256

paṭisaṃyamati →

pts

to restrain, to exercise self-control Ja.iv.396.

paṭi + saṃyamati

paṭisaṃyujati →

pts

to connect with, fig. to start, begin (vādaṃ a discussion or argument) SN.i.221 (bālena paṭisaṃyuje = paṭipphareyya C.; “engage himself to bandy with a fool” K.S. 284); Snp.843 (vādaṃ p. paṭippharey …

paṭisaṃyutta →

pts

connected with, coupled, belonging to Vin.iv.6; SN.i.210 (nibbāna ˚dhammikathā); Thag.598; Iti.73; Vv-a.6, Vv-a.87; Pv-a.12.

pp. of paṭisaṃyujati

paṭisaṅkharoti →

pts

to restore, repair, mend Vin.ii.160; AN.ii.249; Ja.iii.159 (nagaraṃ). Caus. II paṭisaṅkhārāpeti to cause to repair or build up again MN.iii.7; Ja.vi.390 (gehāni).

paṭi + saṃ + kṛ.

paṭisaṅkhayanto →

pts

is ppr. of paṭi + saṃ + kṣi, to be pacified Thag.371.

paṭisaṅkhā →

pts

reflection, judgment, consideration Vin.i.213; SN.iv.104 (˚yoniso) Pts.i.33, Pts.i.45, Pts.i.57, Pts.i.60, Pts.i.64; Pp.25, Pp.57; Dhs.1349. appaṭisaṅkhā (see also ˚sankhāti) …

paṭisaṅkhāna →

pts

carefulness, mindfulness, consideration Ja.i.502; Vv-a.327; Dhs-a.402 (˚paññā); Sdhp.397. -bala power of computation AN.i.52, AN.i.94; AN.ii.142; DN.iii.213, DN.iii.244; Pts.ii.169, Pts.ii.176; D …

paṭisaṅkhārika →

pts

Paṭisaṅkhārika & ˚ya

adjective serving for repair Vin.iii.43 (dārūni); Pv-a.141 (id.; ˚ya).

fr. paṭisankharoti

paṭisaṅkhāriya →

pts

Paṭisaṅkhārika & ˚ya

adjective serving for repair Vin.iii.43 (dārūni); Pv-a.141 (id.; ˚ya).

fr. paṭisankharoti

paṭisaṅkhāti →

pts

to be careful, to think over, reflect, discriminate, consider; only in ger. paṭisaṅkhā (as adv.) carefully, intently, with discrimination Vin.i.213; MN.i.273; MN.iii.2; Ja.i.30 …

paṭissā →

pts

…in BSk. we find pratīsā which if legitimate would refer the word to a basis different than śru. The form occurs in cpd. sapratīśa…

paṭisāmeti →

pts

to set in order arrange, get ready Vin.ii.113, Vin.ii.211, Vin.ii.216; MN.i.456; Ja.iii.72; Mil.15 (pattacīvaraṃ); Vv-a.118 (variant reading ˚yāpeti), Vv-a.157 (variant reading ˚nameti).

paṭi + Ca …

paṭisāmita →

pts

arranged, got ready Vism.91.

pp. of paṭisāmeti

paṭisāra →

pts

see *vi*˚.

paṭi + smṛ.

paṭisārana →

pts

of protection, expiation, atonement Mil.344 (in law); applied.

fr. paṭi + sāreti

paṭisāraṇiya →

pts

adj. nt. only as t.t. in combination with kamma (official act, chapter), i.e. a formal proceeding by which a bhikkhu expiates an offence which he has committed against someone, reco …

paṭisārin →

pts

adjective falling back upon, going back to, trusting in leaning on (-˚) DN.i.99 (gotta˚); SN.i.153 (id.); SN.ii.284 (id.).

fr. paṭi + sṛ; cp. paṭisāraniya & paṭisaraṇa Note

paṭisāsana →

pts

counter-message, reply Dhp-a.i.392.

paṭi + sāsana

paṭisāyati →

pts

to taste, eat, partake of food Vin.ii.177.

paṭi + sāyati

paṭisāṭheyya →

pts

deceit in return (cp. paṭikūṭa) Ja.ii.183.

paṭi + sāṭheyya

paṭisīsaka →

pts

false top-knot, “chignon” (?) Ja.ii.197 (˚ṃ paṭimuñcitvā); Ja.v.49 (id.); Mil.90 (muṇḍaka˚).

paṭi + sīsaka

paṭisūra →

pts

rival hero or fighter, an opponent in fight Snp.831 (= paṭipurisa paṭisattu paṭimalla Mnd.172); Mnd.173 (id.).

paṭi + sūra

paṭivedha →

pts

lit. piercing, i.e. penetration comprehension, attainment, insight, knowledge AN.i.22 AN.i.44; DN.iii.253; Pts.i.105; Pts.ii.50, Pts.ii.57, Pts.ii.105, Pts.ii.112, Pts.ii.148, Pts.ii.182 Vb.330; Mil.1 …

paṭiviṃsa →

pts

lit. “divided part,” sub-part, share, bit portion, part Vin.i.28; Vin.iii.60 (T. reads paṭivisa); Ja.ii.286; Dhs-a.135; Dhp-a.i.189; Dhp-a.iii.304; Vv-a.61 (˚vīsa), Vv-a.64 (variant reading ˚vīs …

paṭṭhāya →

pts

indeclinable putting down, starting out from, used as prep. (with abl.) from… onward, beginning with, henceforth, from the time of e.g. ajjato p. from to-day Vv-a.246; ito p. from here henceforth Ja …

pekkhati →

pts

to behold, regard, observe, look at DN.ii.20; SN.iv.291; Ja.vi.420
ppr pekkhamāna Vin.i.180; Snp.36 sq. (= dakkhamāna Cnd.453), Snp.1070, Snp.1104; Pv.ii.3#7; Vism.19 (disā- …

pesāca →

pts

is reading at DN.i.54 for pisāca (so variant reading). Pesi (pesi)

peta →

pts

dead, departed, the departed spirit. The Buddhistic peta represents the Vedic pitaraḥ (manes, cp. pitṛyajña), as well as the Brāhmaṇic preta. The first are souls of the “fathers, …

pettika →

pts

adjective paternal Vin.iii.16; Vin.iv.223; DN.ii.232; SN.v.146 = Mil.368 (p. gocara); (sake p. visaye ʻyour own home-grounds’) DN.iii.58; SN.v.146; Ja.ii.59; Ja.vi.193 (iṇa). Also in cpd. *mātā-pett …

pettivisaya →

pts

Pettivisaya & Pitti˚

the world of the manes, the realm of the petas (synonymous with petavisaya & petayoni) DN.iii.234; Iti.93; Ja.v.186; Pv.ii.2#2; Pv.ii.7#9; Mil.310; Dhp-a.i.102; Dhp-a.iv.226; V …

phala →

pts

Phala1

neuter to burst, thus lit. “bursting,” i.e. ripe fruit; see phalati]

  1. (lit. fruit (of trees etc.) Vv.84#14 (dumā nicca-phal’ ûpapannā not to phalu, as Kern, …

pharati →

pts

  1. (trs.) to pervade, permeate, fill, suffuse Pv.i.10#14 (= vyāpetvā tiṭṭhati Pv-a.52); Ja.iii.371 (sakala-sarīraṃ); Ja.v.64 (C. for pavāti) Pv-a.14 (okāsaṃ), Pv-a.276 (obhāsaṃ). To excite or stim …

pharita →

pts

  1. being pervaded or permeated (by) Vv-a.68 (mettāya).
  2. spread (out) Ja.vi.284 (kittisaddo sakala-loke ph.)

■ Cp. phuṭṭha & phālita.

pp. of pharati

phussa →

pts

Phussa1

  1. see phussa3 2.
  2. Name of a month (Dec
    ■ Jan. Ja.i.86. Name of a lunar mansion or constellation Vv.53#4 (= phussa-tārakā Vv-a.236)
    ■ Fr …

phāleti →

pts

to split, break chop, in phrases

  1. kaṭṭhaṃ phāleti to chop sticks (for firewood) Vin.i.31; Ja.ii.144; Pv.ii.9#51, besides which the phrase kaṭṭhaṃ *phāṭeti.
  2. sīsaṃ (muddhā sattadhā *[phālet …

pidalaka →

pts

small stick skewer Vin.ii.116, cp. Bdhgh on p. 317: “daṇḍakathina-ppamāṇena kaṭasārakassa pariyante paṭisaṃharitvā duguṇa-karaṇa.” See also Vin Texts iii.94.

etym.? Kern,

Toevoegselen

s. v. s …

pisana →

pts

grinding, powder see *upa*˚.

fr. piṃsati?

pisati →

pts

to grind, crush, destroy; Pass. pisīyati to perish Vv-a.335 (+ vināseti)
pp pisita.

= piṃsati

pista →

pts

crushed, ground Vism.260 (= piṭṭha Kp-a id. p.); Vb-a.243.

pp. of pisati

pisuṇa →

pts

adjective backbiting, calumnious, malicious MN.iii.33, MN.iii.49; Ja.i.297 Pp.57; Pv-a.15, Pv-a.16. Usually combined with vācā malicious speech, slander, pisuṇavācā and *[pisuṇāv …

pisāca FIXME double →

pts

Pisācaka = pisāca

only in cpd. paṃsu˚; mud-sprite Ja.iv.380, Ja.iv.496; DN-a.i.287; Dhp-a.ii.26.

pisāca →

pts

  1. a demon goblin, sprite DN.i.54 (T. pesācā, variant reading pisācā, explained at DN-a.i.164 as “pisācā mahanta-mahantā sattā ti vadati”), DN.i.93; SN.i.209; AN.iii.69; Ud.5; Ja.i.235; Ja.iv.495 (y …

pisācaka →

pts

Pisācaka = pisāca

only in cpd. paṃsu˚; mud-sprite Ja.iv.380, Ja.iv.496; DN-a.i.287; Dhp-a.ii.26.

pisācillikā →

pts

tree-goblin Vin.i.152; Vin.ii.115, Vin.ii.134; Snp-a.357; cp. Vin. Texts i.318.

fr. pisāca

pisācin →

pts

adjective noun only f. pisācinī a witch (= pisācī) Thag.1151.

fr. pisāca, lit. having a demon

pisīla →

pts

dial. expression for pātī or patta “bowl” MN.iii.235 (passage quite misunderstood by Neumann in his translation iii.414).

Sk. piśāla

pisīyati →

pts

Pass. of pisati (q.v.).

pitti →

pts

Pettivisaya & Pitti˚

the world of the manes, the realm of the petas (synonymous with petavisaya & petayoni) DN.iii.234; Iti.93; Ja.v.186; Pv.ii.2#2; Pv.ii.7#9; Mil.310; Dhp-a.i.102; Dhp-a.iv.226; V …

pittivisaya →

pts

the realm of the departed spirits MN.i.73; Ja.i.51; Mnd.489.

Sporadic reading for the usual petti˚

pittivisayika →

pts

adjective belonging to the realm of the departed Mnd.97 (gati; variant reading petti˚).

fr. pittivisaya

piya →

pts

Piya1

adjective dear, in two applications (as stated Mnd.133 = Cnd.444, viz dve piyā: sattā vā piyā sankhārā vā piyā, with ref. to living beings, to sensations):

  1. dear, beloved (as fath …

piṃsati →

pts

Piṃsati1

to adorn, form, embellish; orig. to prick, cut. Perhaps piṃsare (3. pl. med.) Ja.v.202 belongs here, in meaning “tinkle, sound” (lit. prick) explained in C. by viravati. Other d …

piṇḍa →

pts

  1. a lump, ball, thick (& round mass SN.i.206 (aṭṭhīyaka˚); Pv.iii.5#5 (nonīta˚); Vv-a.62 (kummāsa˚), Vv-a.65; Sdhp.529 (ayo˚).
  2. a lump of food esp. of alms, alms given as food SN.i.76; Snp.217, S …

piṇḍeti →

pts

to ball together, mix, put together Pv.ii.9#52 (= pisana-vasena yojeti Pv-a.135). pp. piṇḍita.

Denom. fr. pinḍa

piṭaka →

pts

  1. basket Vin.i.225 (ghaṭa p. ucchanga), Vin.i.240 (catudoṇika p.); Pv.iv.3#33; Vism.28 (piṭake nikkhitta-loṇa-maccha-phāla-sadisaṃ phaṇaṃ); dhañña˚ a grain-basket Dhp-a.iii.370; vīhi˚; a ri …

porisa →

pts

Porisa1

adjective noun

  1. (adj.) human, fit for a man Snp.256 (porisa dhura), cp. porisiya & poroseyya.
  2. (m.) = purisa esp. in sense of purisa 2, i.e. servant, used collectively (abstra …

porisatā →

pts

, only in neg. a˚ inhuman or superhuman state, or: not served by any men (or servants) Vv-a.275. The reading is uncertain.

abstr. fr. porisa

porisiya →

pts

adjective

  1. of human nature, human Ja.iv.213.
  2. Of the height of man Vin.ii.138.

fr. purisa, cp. porisa & poroseyya

porisāda →

pts

man-eater, cannibal Ja.v.34 sq., Ja.v.471 sq., Ja.v.486, Ja.v.488 sq., Ja.v.499, Ja.v.510.

fr. purisa + ad to eat

porisādaka →

pts

Err:509

posa →

pts

Posa1

= purisa, man (poetical form, only found in verse) Vin.i.230; SN.i.13, SN.i.205; Ja.iii.309; AN.iv.266; Snp.110, Snp.662; Dhp.104, Dhp.125 (cp Dhp-a.iii.34); Ja.v.306; Ja.vi.246, Ja …

pota →

pts

Pota1

the young of an animal Ja.ii.406 (˚sūkara); Cp.i.10#2 (udda˚) Snp-a.125 (sīha˚).

cp. Epic Sk. pota, see putta for etym.

Pota2

a boat Dāvs v.58; Vv- …

pubba →

pts

Pubba1

pus, matter, corruption MN.i.57; MN.iii.90; SN.i.150; SN.ii.157; AN.i.34; Ja.ii.18; Mil.382; Pv-a.80
■ In detail discussed (as one of the 32 ākāras) at Vism.261, Vism.360; Kp- …

pubbaka →

pts

adjective

  1. former, ancient, living in former times DN.i.104 (isayo), DN.i.238 (id.); Snp.284 (id.) SN.ii.105; SN.iv.307 (ācariya-pācariyā); Thag.947.
  2. (-˚; cp. pubba2 1) having forme …

pubbāpeti →

pts

occurs only in one phrase (gattāni pubbāpayamāno) at MN.i.161 & AN.iii.345 ≈ AN.iii.402 in meaning “drying again”; at both A pass. the vv. ll (glosses) are “sukkhāpayamāno” and “pubba-sadisāni kuru …

pucchati →

pts

  1. to ask, to question SN.i.207, SN.i.214; Vin.ii.207; Snp.995; Mnd.341 etc.
    pres 1st sg. pucchāmi Snp.83, Snp.241, Snp.682, Snp.1043, Snp.1049 Cnd.447: Pv.ii.1#12.
    ■ 1st</ …

puggala →

pts

  1. an individual, as opposed to a group (sangha or parisā), person, man; in later philosophical (Abhidhamma) literature = character, soul (= attan). DN.i.176; MN.iii.58; SN.i.93 sq.; SN.iii.25; AN.i.8 …

pulla →

pts

man, only in cpd. pulliṅga (= purisa-linga) membrum virile, penis Ja.v.143 (where explained by C. as uṇha-chārikā pl. “hot embers”; the pass. is evidently misunderstood; variant reading BB phull˚) …

puman →

pts

(Pumā) a male, a man, nom sg. pumo D n.273; Cp.ii.6#2; instr. pumunā Ja.vi.550. nom. pl pumā DN.iii.85 (itthi-pumā men & women; variant reading K ˚purisā); Ja.iii.459; acc. sg. pumaṃ Ja.v.154 (gata, …

puna →

pts

indeclinable again. There are several forms of this adv., but puna has to be considered as the orig. Pali form. The form puno is doubtful; if authentic, a Sanskritisation; only fou …

pura →

pts

*Pura

base of adv. & prep. denoting “before”; abl. purato (adv. & prep. in front of (with gen.), before (only local) Vin.i.179 Vin.ii.32; DN.ii.14 (mātu); SN.i.137; Pv.i.11#1, Pv …

purisa →

pts

man (as representative of the male sex, contrasted to itthi woman, e.g. at AN.iii.209; AN.iv.197; Ja.i.90; Ja.v.72; Pv-a.51). Definitions of the C. are “puriso nāma manussa-puriso …

purisaka →

pts

noun adjective

  1. a (little) man, only in -tiṇa doll effigy made of grass (straw), scarecrow Mil.352; Vism.462; Dhs-a.111.
  2. (adj.) having a man f. -ikā in eka˚ (a woman) having intercourse w …

purisatta →

pts

manhood, virility Dhs.634, Dhs.715, Dhs.839.

abstr. fr. purisa

purisattana →

pts

manhood Mil.171.

= purisatta, cp. Trenckner, Notes 7037

puthu →

pts

adjective

  1. (= pṛthak) separated, individual adv. separated, individual, adv. separately, each (see [given as puthag eva Kacc. 29](/define/given as puthag eva Kacc. 29)) SN.i.75 (puthu attā individu …

puthujjana →

pts

an ordinary, average person (4 classes of ordinary people are discussed at Cpd. 49, 50) a common worldling, a man of the people, an ordinary man MN.i.1, MN.i.7, MN.i.135, MN.i.239, MN.i.323; MN.iii. …

puthula →

pts

adjective broad, large, flat Ja.iii.16 (˚sīsa flat-headed); Ja.vi.171 (˚antaraṃsa flat-chested); Mil.121 (of a river); Vv-a.301 (˚gambhīra)
■ abl. puthulato (as adv.) across Dhp-a.i.396.

fr. puthu

puñña →

pts

merit meritorious action, virtue. Always represented as foundation and condition of heavenly rebirth & a future blissful state, the enjoyment (& duration) of which depends on the amount of merit accum …

puṃs →

pts

Of the simplex no forms are found in Pāli proper. The base; puṃ occurs in pukusa (?), puggala (?), pungava pullinga; puṃs in napuṃsaka (cp. Prk. napuṃsaveya Pischel, …

puṇḍarīka →

pts

the white lotus DN.i.75 = AN.iii.26 (in sequence uppala padụma, p.); DN.ii.4 (Sikhī puṇḍarīkassa mūle abhisambuddho); MN.iii.93; SN.i.138, SN.i.204 = Ja.iii.309; AN.i.145 (uppala paduma p.); AN.ii.86 …

puṇṇa →

pts

full seldom by itself (only passage so far pannarase puṇṇāya puṇṇamāya rattiyā DN.i.47 = Snp.p.139). nor-(only Snp.835 muttakarīsa˚), usually in compounds, and there mostly restricted to phrases rela …

puṭa →

pts

orig. meaning “tube,” container, hollow pocket.

  1. a container, usually made of leaves (cp Ja.iv.436; Ja.v.441; Ja.vi.236), to carry fruit or other viands a pocket, basket: ucchu˚; basket for sugar …

pācīna →

pts

adjective eastern i.e. facing the (rising) sun (opp. pacchā) Ja.i.50 (˚sīsaka, of Māyādevī’s couch), Ja.i.212 (˚lokadhātu) Mil.6; DN-a.i.311 (˚mukha facing east); Dhp-a.iii.155 (id.); Vv-a.190; Pv\ …

pāda →

pts

  1. the foot, usually pl. pādā both feet, e.g. Vin.i.9, Vin.i.34, Vin.i.188; Iti.111; Snp.309, Snp.547, Snp.768, Snp.835, Snp.1028; Ja.ii.114; Ja.iv.137; Dhp-a.iii.196; Pv-a.4, Pv-a.10, Pv-a.40, …

pāleti →

pts

  1. to protect, guard, watch, keep Snp.585; Ja.i.55; Ja.iv.127; Ja.vi.589; Mil.4 (paṭhavī lokaṃ pāleti, perhaps in meaning “keeps holds, encircles,” similar to meaning 2); Sdhp.33.
  2. (lit. perhaps “to …

pāmokkha →

pts

adjective

  1. chief, first, excellent eminent, (m.) a leader
    ■ AN.ii.168 (sanga sa˚); Pp.69 Pp.70; Mil.75 (hatthi˚ state elephant). disā˚ worldfamed Ja.i.166, Ja.i.285; Ja.ii.278; Ja.vi.347

pāramī →

pts

completeness, perfection, highest state Snp.1018, Snp.1020; Pp.70; Dhp-a.i.5; Vv-a.2 (sāvakañāṇa˚); Pv-a.139; Sdhp.328. In later literature there is mentioned a group of 10 perfections (*dasa pāram …

pārisajja →

pts

belonging to an assembly, pl. the members of an assembly, esp. those who sit in council councillors (cp. BSk. pāriṣadya councillor Divy.291; Vin.i.348; DN.i.136; DN.iii.64, DN.iii.65; MN.i.326; SN.i.1 …

pāti →

pts

to watch, keep watch, keep Ja.iii.95 (to keep the eyes open, C. ummisati; opp nimisati); Vism.16 (= rakkhati in def. of pāṭimokkha).

Vedic pāti of , cp. Gr. π ̈ωυ herd, ποιμήν shepherd, Lat. pāsc …

pātimokkha →

pts

Pātimokkha (pāti)˚

neuter a name given to a collection of various precepts contained in the Vinaya (forming the foundation of the Suttavibhanga, Vin vols. iii & iv. ed. Oldenberg), as they were recit …

pāvekkhi →

pts

Pāvisa & Pāvekkhi

see pavisati.

pāvisa →

pts

Pāvisa & Pāvekkhi

see pavisati.

pāvāḷa →

pts

hair; only in cpd. -nipphoṭanā pulling out one’s hair SN.iv.300. Pavisa & Pavekkhi;

see pavāḷa

pāṭalī →

pts

the trumpet flower, Bignonia Suaveolens DN.ii.4 (Vipassī pāṭaliyā mūle abhisambuddho); Vv.35#9; Ja.i.41 (˚rukkha as the bodhi tree); Ja.ii.162 (pāṭali-bhaddaka sic. variant reading for phālibhaddaka) …

pāṭeti →

pts

to remove; Pass. pāṭiyati Pv.iv.1#47 (turned out of doors); variant reading pātayati (bring to fall) Prob, in sense of Med. at Mil.152 in phrase visaṃ pāṭiyamāno (doubtful, cp. Kern,

Toevoegselen …

pāṭihāriya →

pts

adjective striking, surprising, extraordinary, special; nt. wonder, miracle. Usually in stock phrase iddhi˚, ādesanā˚, anusāsanī˚ as the 3 marvels which characterise a Buddha with regard to his teachi …

pīta →

pts

Pīta1

  1. having drunk or (pred.) being drunk (as liquid) SN.i.212 (madhu˚); Ja.i.198; Pv-a.25 (with asita, khāyita & sāyita as fourfold food).
  2. soaked or saturated with (-˚), in *kasāya …

pīti →

pts

emotion of joy, delight, zest exuberance. On term see Dhs. trsl. 11 and Cpd. 243 Classed under sankhārakkhandha, not vedanā˚-DN.i.37, DN.i.75; DN.iii.241, DN.iii.265, DN.iii.288; MN.i.37; SN.ii.30; …

pūjā →

pts

honour, worship, devotional attention AN.i.93 (āmisa˚, dhamma˚); AN.v.347 sq.; Snp.906; Dhp.73, Dhp.104; Pv.i.5#5; Pv.i.5#12; Dpvs.vii.12 (cetiya˚); Snp-a.350; Pv-a.8; Sdhp.213, Sdhp.230, Sdhp.542, …

pūti →

pts

adjective putrid, stinking, rotten, fetid DN.ii.353 (khaṇḍāni pūtīni); MN.i.73, MN.i.89 = MN.iii.92 (aṭṭhikāni pūtīni); Vin.iii.236 (anto˚); SN.iii.54; Pv.i.3#2; Pv.i.6#1 (= kuṇapagandha Pv-a.32); Vi …

rahas →

pts

Rahas & Raho

neuter lonely place, solitude, loneliness; secrecy, privacy.

  1. raho: occurring only as adv. “secretly, lonely, in secret,” either absolutely, e.g. SN.i.46; Snp.38 …

raho →

pts

Rahas & Raho

neuter lonely place, solitude, loneliness; secrecy, privacy.

  1. raho: occurring only as adv. “secretly, lonely, in secret,” either absolutely, e.g. SN.i.46; Snp.38 …

rajo →

pts

(rajas) & Raja neuter

  1. Forms.
    ■ Both rajo & rajaṃ occur as noun & acc. sg., e.g. rajo at DN.ii.19; Snp.207, Snp.334; Dhs.617; rajaṃ at Snp.275; Iti.83; once (in verse) *[rajo](/define/rajo …

rasa →

pts

Rasa1

that which is connected with the sense of taste. The defn given at Vism.447 is as follows “jivhā-paṭihanana-lakkhaṇo raso, jivhā-viññāṇassa visaya-bhāvo raso, tass’ ev …

ratana →

pts

Ratana1

neuter

  1. (lit.) a gem, jewel Vv-a.321 (not = ratana2, as Hardy in Index) Pv-a.53 (nānāvidhāni)
    ■ The 7 ratanas are enumerated under veḷuriya (Mil.267). They are …

ratha →

pts

…of chariots Vin.iv.108

  • -īsā carriage pole AN.iv.191.
  • -ūpatthara chariot or carriage cover DN.i.103; DN-a.i.273. *…

rati →

pts

love, attachment, pleasure, liking for (loc.), fondness of SN.i.133 (˚ṃ paccanubhavati), SN.i.207; SN.iii.256; Snp.41 (= anukkhaṇṭhit adhivacanaṃ Cnd.537), Snp.59 (id.), Snp.270, Snp.642, Snp.956 (= n …

ritta →

pts

devoid, empty, free, rid (of) MN.i.207 (+ tuccha), MN.i.414; Vin.i.157 = Vin.ii.216; Snp.823 (emancipated: ritto muni = vivitta etc. Mnd.158), Snp.844 (opp. to aritta); Thig.265 (see rindi); Ja.i.29 …

roga →

pts

illness, disease
■ The defn of roga at Ja.ii.437 is “roga rujana-sabhāvattaṃ.” There are many diff enumerations of rogas and sets of standard combinations, of which the foll. may be ment …

ruppa →

pts

in ruppa-rūpakaṃ (nt.) Thig.394 is not clear. It refers to something which is not rūpa, yet pretends to be rūpa, i.e. a sham performance or show. Thus ruppa may correspond to *rūpya & with rūpaka …

rāga →

pts

  1. colour, hue; colouring, dye Vin.ii.107 (anga˚ “rougeing” the body bhikkhū angarāgaṃ karonti); Thag-a.78; Snp-a.315 (nānāvidha˚).
  2. (as t. t. in philosophy & ethics) excitement passion; seldom by …

rāgin →

pts

(-˚) one who shows passion for, possessed of lust, affected with passion Snp.795 (cp. Mnd.100) SN.i.136; Vism.193, Vism.194 (with var. characterisations).

fr. rāga

rāhaseyyaka →

pts

adjective “having one’s bed in loneliness, living in seclusion or secrecy, in manussa˚; “fit to lie undisturbed by men” Vin.i.39 (+ paṭisallāna-sāruppa) MN.ii.118.

rahas + seyya + ka or rāha (f …

rājaka →

pts

adjective (-˚) characteristic of the king, king-; in cpds arājaka without a king Ja.vi.39 (raṭṭhe); sarājaka including the king Tikp.26; f. sarājikā Vin.i.209 (parisā) Also …

rājan →

pts

Rājā (Rājan)

king, a ruling potentate. The defn at Vin.iii.222 is “yo koci rajjaṃ kāreti.” The fanciful etym. at DN.iii.93 Vism.419 is “dhammena pare rañjetī ti rājā” i.e. he gladdens othe …

rājā →

pts

Rājā (Rājan)

king, a ruling potentate. The defn at Vin.iii.222 is “yo koci rajjaṃ kāreti.” The fanciful etym. at DN.iii.93 Vism.419 is “dhammena pare rañjetī ti rājā” i.e. he gladdens othe …

sa →

pts

Sa1

the letter s (sa-kāra) Snp-a.23; or the syllable sa Dhp-a.ii.6; Pv-a.280.

Sa2

base of the nom. of the demonstr. pron. that, he she. The form sg. m. * …

sabhāga →

pts

adjective common, being of the same division Vin.ii.75; like, equal, similar Mil.79; s. āpatti a common offence, shared by all Vin.i.126 sq.; vīthisabhāgena in street company, the whole street in comm …

sacca →

pts

adjective real, true DN.i.182; MN.ii.169; MN.iii.207; Dhp.408; nt. saccaṃ truly, verily, certainly Mil.120; saccaṃ kira is it really true? DN.i.113; Vin.i.45, Vin.i.60; Ja.i.107; saccato truly S …

sadisa →

pts

adjective similar, like, equal DN.ii.261; SN.iii.48 sq.; AN.i.125 = Pp.35; Vin.i.8; Ja.i.191; Dhs.116; Vism.543 = Vb-a.148. Cp. sādisa.

sa2 + disa = dṛśa

sagga →

pts

heaven, the next world, popularly conceived as a place of happiness and long life (cp. the pop. etym. of “suṭṭhu-aggattā sagga” Pv-a.9 “rūpādīhi visayehi suṭṭhu aggo ti saggo” Vism.427) usually the …

sahassa →

pts

thousand, used as a singular with a noun in the plural, sahassaṃ vācā Dhp.100; satasahassaṃ vassāni Ja.i.29; also in the plural after other numerals cattāri satasahassāni chaḷabhiññā Bv.ii.204 = J …

sahita →

pts

  1. accompanied with Mhvs.7, Mhvs.27.
  2. united, keeping together DN.i.4; Ja.iv.347; Pp.57.
  3. consistent, sensible, to the point DN.i.8; AN.ii.138; AN.iv.196; SN.iii.12; Dhp.19 (at Dhp-a.i.157 explai …

sahāyaka →

pts

adjective f. ˚yikā companion, ally, friend Vin.i.18; DN.ii.155; AN.ii.79, AN.ii.186; Ja.i.165; Ja.ii.29; Ja.v.159 Ja.vi.256 (gihī sahāyakā, read gihisahāyakā [?]).

fr. last

sakkati →

pts

to go; see osakkati & cp. Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 302. Other P. compounds are ussakkati paṭisakkati.

ṣvaṣk; Dhtp.9: gamana

salla →

pts

an arrow, dart MN.i.429 (˚ṃ āharati to remove the a); MN.ii.216; SN.iv.206; Ja.i.180 Ja.v.49; Snp.331, Snp.767; Mil.112; Vism.503 (visa˚ sting of poison; cp. Vb-a.104 sallaṃ viya vitujjati); often me …

sama →

pts

Sama1

calmness, tranquillity, mental quiet Snp.896. samaṃ carati to become calm quiescent Ja.iv.172. Cp. -cariyā & ˚cārin.

fr. śam: see sammati1

Sa …

samabhisāta →

pts

joyful Thig.461.

sambhañjati →

pts

to split, break Ja.v.32; Caus. sambhañjeti to break MN.i.237; SN.i.123; pass. aor. samabhajjisaṃ Ja.v.70
pp sambhagga
■ Cp. sampali˚.

saṃ + bhañjati

sambuddhi →

pts

complete understanding; adj. -vant wise Ja.iii.361 (= buddhisampanna).

saṃ + buddhi

sambādha →

pts

  1. crowding, pressure, inconvenience from crowding, obstruction Vism.119 janasambādharahita free from crowding Mil.409 kiṭṭhasambādha crowding of corn, the time when the corn is growing thick MN.i.115 …

sampaṭisaṅkhā →

pts

deliberately SN.ii.111; contracted from ger. ˚-saṃkhāya.

samā →

pts

  1. a year Dhp.106; Mhvs.7, Mhvs.78.
  2. in agginisamā a pyre Snp.668, Snp.670.

Vedic samā

samādisati →

pts

to indicate, to command DN.i.211; Mhvs.38, Mhvs.59.

saṃ + ādisati

samāpajjita →

pts

attained, reached, got into DN.ii.109 (parisā ˚pubbā).

pp. of ˚āpajjati

samāpatti →

pts

attainment AN.iii.5; SN.ii.150 sq.; SN.iv.293 (saññā-vedayita-nirodha˚); Dhs.30 Dhs.101; a stage of meditation AN.i.94; Dhs.1331; Ja.i.343 Ja.i.473; Pv-a.61 (mahā-karuṇā˚); Mnd.100, Mnd.106, Mnd.1 …

sandhi →

pts

  1. union, junction Mil.330 (of 2 roads); Bdhgh on SN.ii.270 (between 2 houses).
  2. breach, break, hole, chasm DN.ii.83 = AN.v.195; Thag.786; Ja.v.459. āloka˚; a window Vin.ii.172; sandhiṃ chindati

sannisajjā →

pts

meeting-place Vin.i.188; Vin.ii.174 = Vin.iii.66; sannisajja-ṭṭhāna (n.) the same Vin.iii.287.

saṃ + nissajjā

sannisīdati →

pts

  1. (lit.) to sink down, to settle Mil.35.
  2. (fig.) to subside, to become quiet MN.i.121; SN.iv.196; AN.ii.157

caus sannisādeti to make quiet to calm MN.i.116; AN.ii.94
caus 2 sannisīdāpeti to …

santhāra →

pts

  1. spreading, covering, floor(ing) SN.i.170; Vin.ii.120 (3 kinds of floors: iṭṭhakā˚, silā˚ dāru˚, i.e. of tiles, flags, wood); AN.i.136 (paṇṇa˚); Ja.vi.24 (id.); Ja.i.92; Pts.i.176.
  2. (cp. paṭi˚) fr …

sappaṭissa →

pts

adjective reverential, deferential Iti.10; Vin.i.45; Vv.84#41 (cp. Vv-a.347). See also gārava.

sa + paṭissā, cp. BSk. sapratīśa Divy.333, Divy.484

sappurisa →

pts

good, worthy man MN.iii.21, MN.iii.37; DN.iii.252 (the 7 s˚-dhammā), DN.iii.274, DN.iii.276, DN.iii.283; AN.ii.217 sq., AN.ii.239; Dhs.259 = Dhs.1003; Vin.i.56; Dhp.54; Pv.ii.9#8; Pv.ii.9#45; Pv.iv.1 …

sara →

pts

Sara1

  1. the reed Saccharum sara Mil.342.
  2. an arrow (orig. made of that reed) DN.i.9; Dhp.304; Mil.396; Dhp-a.216 (visa-pīta).

sarabha →

pts

(rohiccasarabhā migā = rohitā sarabhamigā, C. ibid. 538) Sarabhamigajātaka the 483rd Jātaka Ja.i.193, Ja.i.406 (text sarabhanga); Ja.iv.263 sq.

sari →

pts

according to Payogasiddhi = sarisa (sadisa) cp. sarīvaṇṇa Ja.ii.439 (= samāna-vaṇṇa, C.).

sarikkha →

pts

adjective like, resembling SN.i.66; Ja.i.443; Ja.iii.262.

cp. Sk. sadṛkṣa, fr. sadṛś = P. sadisa

sarisa →

pts

adjective like, resembling Ja.v.159.

= sadisa

sarisapa →

pts

various reading of siriṃsapa MN.i.10 etc.

sasa →

pts

hare, rabbit Dhp.342; Ja.iv.85; of the hare in the moon Ja.iv.84 sq. sasôlūkā (= sasā ca ulūkā ca) Ja.vi.564.

  • -lakkhaṇa the sign of a hare Ja.i.172; Ja.iii.55.
  • -lañjana

sassatisamaṃ →

pts

adverb for ever and ever DN.i.14; MN.i.8; SN.iii.143; also sassatī samā Ja.iii.255; Vv.63#14 (explained by sassatīhi samāna, like the eternal things-viz., earth, sun, moon, etc., Vv-a.265); Ja.iii.2 …

sasīsa →

pts

adjective together with the head; sasīsaṃ up to the head DN.i.76, DN.i.246; Ja.i.298; sasīsaka head and all DN.ii.324; Snp.p.80.

sa3 + sīsa

sata →

pts

Sata1

(num. card.) a hundred, used as nt (collect.), either-˚ or as apposition, viz. gāma-sataṃ a hundred (ship of) villages Dhp-a.i.180; jaṭila-satāni 100 ascetics Vin.i.24; jāti˚ DN. …

satika →

pts

adjective (-˚) consisting of a hundred, belonging to a hundred; yojanasatika extending one hundred yojanas Vin.ii.238; vīsaṃvassasatika of hundred and twenty years’ standing Vin.ii.303.

fr. sata1

satta →

pts

Satta1

hanging, clinging or attached to Vin.i.185; DN.ii.246; Mnd.23, Mnd.24; Dhp.342; Ja.i.376 Cp. āsatta1 & byāsatta.

pp. of sañj: sajjati

Satta2

  1. (m.) a li …

satthaka →

pts

Satthaka1

neuter a knife, scissors Vin.ii.115 (daṇḍa˚, with a handle); Ja.v.254 (as one of the 8 parikkhāras); Mil.282. aya˚; at Ja.v.338 read -paṭṭaka.

  • *-[nisādana](/define/nisād …

saññin →

pts

adjective (f. saññinī) conscious, being aware of (-˚), perceiving, having perception DN.i.31, DN.i.180; DN.iii.49 DN.iii.111, DN.iii.140, DN.iii.260; SN.i.62; AN.ii.34, AN.ii.48, AN.ii.50; AN.iii.35; …

saṃ →

pts

Saṃ˚

indeclinable prefix, implying conjunction & completeness; saṃ˚; is after vi˚; (19’) the most frequent (16’) of all Pāli prefixes. Its primary meaning is “together” (cp. Lat. …

saṃsad →

pts

session, assembly; loc. saṃsati Ja.iii.493 (= parisamajjhe C.), Ja.iii.495

fr. saṃ + sad

saṃseva →

pts

adjective associating AN.ii.245; AN.v.113 sq. (sappurisa˚ & asappurisa˚); Mil.93.

fr. saṃ + sev

saṃveseti →

pts

to lead, conduct AN.i.141; Pass. saṃvesiyati to be put to bed (applied to a sick person) MN.i.88 = MN.iii.181);DN.ii.24. Cp. abhi˚.

Caus. of saṃvisati

saṃvisati →

pts

to enter; Caus. saṃveseti (q.v.). Cp. -bhisaṃvisati.

saṃ + visati

saṃyutta →

pts

  1. tied, bound, fettered MN.iii.275 (cammena); SN.iv.163; AN.iv.216 (saṃyojanena s. by bonds to this world); Snp.194 (ññ), Snp.300, Snp.304; Iti.8 Sdhp.211.
  2. connected with, mixed with (-˚) Ja.i.26 …

saṅgāma →

pts

fight, battle DN.i.46; DN.ii.285; MN.i.86, MN.i.253; SN.i.98; SN.iv.308 sq.; AN.i.106; AN.ii.116; AN.iii.94; Vin.i.6; Iti.75; Snp.440 Cnd.199; Pp.68; Ja.i.358; Ja.ii.11; Mil.332; Vism.401 Cp. *vijita˚ …

saṅkamati →

pts

  1. to go on, to pass over to (acc.), to join DN.i.55 (ākāsaṃ indriyāni s.); Vin.i.54 Vin.ii.138 (bhikkhū rukkhā rukkhaṃ s., climb fr. tree to tree); Kv.565 sq. (jhānā jhānaṃ).
  2. to transmigrate Mil.7 …

saṅkassara →

pts

adjective doubtful; wicked Vin.ii.236 (cp. Vin. Texts iii.300); SN.i.49 = Dhp.312 (explained as “sankāhi saritabba, āsankāhi sarita ussankita, parisankita” Dhp-a.iii.485, thus taken as sankā + *sṛ …

saṅkhata →

pts

  1. put together, compound; conditioned, produced by a combination of causes, “created,” brought about as effect of actions in former births SN.ii.26; SN.iii.56; Vin.ii.284; Iti.37, Iti.88; Ja.ii.38; N …

saṅkhāra →

pts

one of the most difficult terms in Buddhist metaphysics, in which the blending of the subjective-objective view of the world and of happening peculiar to the East, is so complete, that it is almost i …

saṅkā →

pts

doubt, uncertainty, fear (cp. visanka) Ja.vi.158; Dhp-a.iii.485.

fr. śaṅk: see sankati

saṅkāsa →

pts

appearance; (-˚) having the appearance of, like, similar Ja.ii.150; Ja.v.71 Ja.v.155, Ja.v.370 (puñña˚ = sadisa C.); Bv.17, Bv.21; Mil.2.

saṃ + kāsa, of kāś, cp. okāsa

saṇa →

pts

kind of hemp DN.ii.350 (variant reading); SN.i.115 (do.); cp. sāṇa1 & sāṇī.

  • -dhovika [perhaps (Kern’s suggestion) sāṇa˚ (variant reading) visāṇa˚?] name of a particular kind of gamb …

saṇhaka →

pts

at Ja.iii.394 (of hair growing white “saṇhakasadisā”) according to Kern,

Toevoegselen

ii.69 (coarse) hempen cloth (= sāṇavāka), as indicated by variant reading sāṇalāka. Thus a der. fr. saṇa = s …

saṭa →

pts

fall, a heap of things fallen; only in cpd. paṇṇa˚; a heap of fallen leaves MN.i.21 (= paṇṇa-kacavara MN-a.i.120); Ja.ii.271.

most likely = Sk. śada (fall), fr. śad to fall; Kern

Toevoegselen …

selaka →

pts

“rocky,” a kind of copper (cp. pisāca) Vb-a.63.

sela + ka

serīsaka →

pts

adjective made of Sirīsa wood, name of a hall DN.ii.356 sq.; Vv.84#53; Vv-a.331, Vv-a.351.

fr. sirīsa

serīsamaha →

pts

festival in honour of the Serīsaka Vimāna Vv.8437, 53

seta →

pts

adjective white DN.ii.297 = MN.i.58; Snp.689; AN.iii.241; Vb-a.63 (opp kāḷa); Ja.i.175; Pv-a.157, Pv-a.215. name of a mountain in the Himālayas SN.i.67 = Mil.242; an elephant of King Pasenadi AN.ii …

siddhatthaka →

pts

white mustard Thag-a.181 (Tha-ap.24); Ja.iii.225; Ja.vi.537; Dhp-a.ii.273 (in Kisāgotamī story).

Sk. siddhārthaka

sikkhā →

pts

  1. study, training, discipline Vin.iii.23; DN.i.181; AN.i.238; SN.ii.50, SN.ii.131; SN.v.378; Dhs.1004; Vb-a.344 (various)
    ■ sikkhaṃ paccakkhātaka one who has abandoned the precepts Vin.i.135, V …

silesa →

pts

junction, embrace; a rhetoric figure, riddle, puzzle, pun Ja.v.445 (silesūpamā said of women = purisānaṃ cittabandhanena silesasadisā, ibid. 447).

fr. śliṣ

sippika →

pts

an artisan Snp.613, Snp.651; Mil.78; Vism.336. Also sippiya Ja.vi.396, Ja.vi.397.

fr. sippa

sirīsa →

pts

the tree Acacia sirissa DN.ii.4; SN.iv.193; Vv.84#32; Vv-a.331, Vv-a.344; --puppha a kind of gem Mil.118. Cp. serīsaka.

cp. Class. Sk. śirṣa

sobhiya →

pts

sort of magician or trickster, clown Ja.vi.277 (sobhiyā ti nagarasobhanā sampannarūpā purisā; not correct C.).

cp. Sk. śaubhika; BSk. śobhika Mvu.iii.113

sopāna →

pts

stairs, staircase Vin.ii.117, Vin.ii.152; DN.ii.178; Ja.i.330, Ja.i.348; Ja.iv.265; Vism.10; Vv-a.188; Pv-a.156, Pv-a.275; Vv.78#5; dhura-sopāna the highest step of a staircase (? Ja.i.330.

  • *- …

sota →

pts

Sota1

neuter ear, the organ of hearing Vin.i.9, Vin.i.34; DN.i.21; Snp.345 (nom pl. sotā); Vism.444 (defined); Dhs.601; Dhs-a.310-dibba-sota the divine ear (cp. dibba-cakkhu) DN.i.79 D …

soḷasa →

pts

cardinal number sixteen DN.i.128; Snp.1006; Ja.i.78 (lekhā); Ja.ii.87; Ja.iii.342 (atappiya-vatthūni); Ja.v.175, Ja.vi.37; Mil.11 (palibodhā); Dhp-a.i.129 (˚salākā); Dhp-a.iv.208 (˚karīsa-matta). …

su →

pts

Su1

indeclinable a part. of exclamation “shoo!”; usually repeated su su Ja.ii.250; Ja.vi.165 (of the hissing of a snake); Thag-a.110 (scaring somebody away), Thag-a.305 (sound of puffi …

sukha →

pts

adjective noun agreeable, pleasant, blest Vin.i.3; Dhp.118, Dhp.194, Dhp.331; Snp.383; paṭipadā, pleasant path, easy progress AN.ii.149 sq.; Dhs.178; kaṇṇa-s. pleasant to the ear DN.i.4; happy, pleas …

sukka →

pts

Sukka1

planet, star Ud. 9 = Ne.150; (nt.) semen, sukkavisaṭṭhi emission of semen Vin.ii.38; Vin.iii.112; Vin.iv.30; Kv.163.

Vedic śukra; fr. śuc

Sukka2

adjective white, bri …

supina →

pts

dream, vision DN.i.9, DN.i.54; SN.i.198; SN.iv.117 (supine in a dream; variant reading supinena); Snp.360, Snp.807, Snp.927 Mnd.126; Ja.i.334 sq., Ja.i.374; Ja.v.42; DN-a.i.92, DN-a.i.164; Vv.44#14 …

sura →

pts

god Snp.681 (= deva Snp-a.484); name of a Bodhisatta Ja.v.12, Ja.v.13 surakaññā a goddess, a heavenly maid Ja.v.407 (= devadhītā, C.); surinda the king of gods Mhbv.28. Opp asura. …

suti →

pts

  1. hearing, tradition, inspiration, knowledge of the Vedas Snp.839, Snp.1078; Mil.3 (+ sammuti); Mhvs.1, Mhvs.3.
  2. rumour; sutivasena by hearsay, as a story, through tradition Ja.iii.285, Ja.iii.476 …

suññatā →

pts

emptiness, “void,” unsubstantiality, phenomenality; freedom from lust, ill-will and dullness, Nibbāna MN.iii.111; Kv.232; Dhs-a.221; Ne.118 sq., Ne.123 sq., Ne.126; Mil.16; Vism.333 (n’atthi; *[suññ …

suṇisā →

pts

daughter-in-law Vin.i.240; Vin.iii.136; DN.ii.148; MN.i.186, MN.i.253; Ja.vi.498; Vv.13#5 (= puttassa bhariyā Vv-a.61); Dhp-a.i.355; Dhp-a.iv.8; Pv.ii.46 (pl. suṇisāyo so read for sūtisāye)
■ * …

sādhika →

pts

adjective having something beyond DN.ii.93; Vv.53#5 (˚vīsati) ˚-porisa exceeding a man’s height MN.i.74, MN.i.365; AN.iii.403.

sa + adhika; cp. BSk. sādhika Divy.44

sādisa →

pts

(fem. -sī) like, similar DN.ii.239; Snp.595; Thig.252 (sa˚ for sā˚); Tha-ap.239; Ja.iv.97; Mil.217 (with instr.).

fr. sadisa

sāmisa →

pts

adjective

  1. holding food Vin.ii.214 = Vin.iv.198.
  2. fleshly, carnal DN.ii.298 = MN.i.59; AN.i.81; Pts.ii.41. Opp. to nirāmisa spiritual (e.g. Pts.i.59). Samici & samici;

sa + āmisa

sāmā →

pts

medicinal plant Ja.iv.92 (bhisasāmā, C. bhisāni ca sāmākā ca); the Priyangu creeper Ja.i.500; Ja.v.405.

Sk. śyāmā Halāyudha 2, 38; see sāma1, sāmalatā, and sāmāka

sānu →

pts

ridge Vv.32#10; Ja.iii.172. The commentary on the former passage (Vv-a.136) translates vana wood, that on the latter paṃsupabbata sānupabbata a forest-hill Ja.iv.277; Ja.vi.415, Ja.vi.540; pabbatasā …

sāra →

pts

  1. essential, most excellent, strong AN.ii.110; Vin.iv.214; Ja.iii.368; Pp.53.
  2. (m.) the innermost, hardest part of anything, the heart or pith of a tree (see also pheggu) MN.i.1 …

sārada →

pts

adjective autumnal, of the latest harvest, this year’s, fresh AN.iii.404 = DN.iii.354 (bījāni fresh seeds); AN.i.135, AN.i.181 (badara-paṇḍu) SN.iii.54; SN.v.380; Mil.255; Dhp.149 (but at this pass …

sārajja →

pts

timidity AN.iii.127, AN.iii.203; AN.iv.359, AN.iv.364; Mil.24, Mil.72, Mil.196 (parisa˚, cp Cnd.470); Ja.i.334; Ja.ii.66; nissārajja undaunted Ja.i.274.

abstr. fr. sārada = *sāradya

sārathi →

pts

charioteer, coachman DN.ii.178, DN.ii.254; SN.i.33; SN.v.6; AN.ii.112; AN.iv.190 sq.; Snp.83; Ja.i.59, Ja.i.180; Pv.iv.3#3. assadammasārathi a coachman by whom horses are driven, a trainer of horses M …

sārin →

pts

adjective wandering, going after, following, conforming to (loc.) Ja.v.15; aniketasārin wandering about houseless Snp.844, Snp.970; anokasārin wandering homeless Dhp.404; Snp.628; diṭṭhisārin a partis …

sārāṇīya →

pts

adjective courteous polite, friendly (making happy, pleasing, gladdening?) only in combination with kathā, dhamma, or dhammakathā e.g. s. kathā polite spe …

sāsana →

pts

order, message, teaching Ja.i.60, Ja.i.328; Ja.ii.21; Pv.iv.3#54 (Buddhānaṃ); Kp-a.11 sq. the doctrine of the Buddha Vin.i.12; DN.i.110; DN.ii.206; AN.i.294; Dhp.381; Snp.482 etc.; Ja.i.116. *sāsanaṃ …

sāta →

pts

adjective pleasant, agreeable Iti.114; Ne.27. Often combined with piya, e.g. Iti.114; Vb.103; DN-a.i.311
■ Opp. kaṭuka
■ sāta (nt.) pleasure, joy MN.i.508; AN.i.81 sq.; SN.ii. …

sātisāra →

pts

adjective trespassing Vin.i.55.

sa + atisāra

sāvaka →

pts

hearer, disciple (never an Arahant) DN.i.164; DN.ii.104; DN.iii.47, DN.iii.52, DN.iii.120 sq., DN.iii.133; AN.i.88; MN.i.234; SN.ii.26; Iti.75 sq., Iti.79; Ja.i.229; Vism.214, Vism.411
■ fem *[sāvik …

sāya →

pts

evening, only adverbially sāyaṃ, at night Vin.iii.147; Ja.ii.83; Dhp-a.i.234; usually opposed to pāto (pātaṃ) in the morning early e.g. sāya-pātaṃ DN.ii.188; Mil.419; Ja.i.432, Ja.i.460 Ja.v.4 …

sāyaṇha →

pts

evening DN.ii.9; Ja.i.144; -samayaṃ at evening time DN.ii.205; MN.i.147; Vin.i.21; sāyaṇhasamaye Ja.i.148, Ja.i.279; Pv-a.33, Pv-a.43 Pv-a.100; --kāle the same Ja.iv.120; sāyaṇhe (loc.) …

sāṭeti →

pts

to cut open, to destroy; fig. to torment: Kern’s proposed reading (see

Toevoegselen

s. v sāveti) for sāveti at Ja.iii.198 (amba-pakkāni); Ja.iv.402 (attānaṃ sāṭetvā dāsakammaṃ …

sīdati →

pts

to subside, sink; to yield, give way SN.i.53; Snp.939 (= saṃsīdati osīdati Cnd.420); Iti.71; Mhvs.35, Mhvs.35 3rd pl. sīdare Ja.ii.393; Pot. sīde Iti.71; fut. sīdissati: see ni˚
p …

sīla →

pts

  1. nature, character, habit behaviour; usually as-˚ in adj. function “being of such a nature,” like, having the character of…, e.g. adāna˚; of stingy character, illiberal Snp.244; Pv-a.68 (+ macc …

sīsa →

pts

Sīsa1

neuter lead DN.ii.351; SN.v.92; Mil.331; Vb-a.63 (= kāḷa-tipu); a leaden coin Ja.i.7; --kāra a worker in lead Mil.331; --maya leaden Vin.i.190.

cp. Sk. sīsa

Sīsa2</s …

sīsaka →

pts

head, as adj - ˚; heading, with the head towards; uttarasīsaka head northwards DN.ii.137 pācīna˚ (of Māyā’s couch: eastward) Ja.i.50. heṭṭhāsīsaka head downwards Ja.iii.13; dhammasīsaka worshipping r …

sūcikā →

pts

  1. a needle; (fig.) hunger Pv.ii.8#3; Pv-a.107.
  2. a small bolt to a door Vin.ii.120, Vin.ii.148. sūcik’aṭṭha whose bones are like needles (?) Pv.iii.2#3 Pv-a.180 (sūcigātā ti vā pāṭho. Vijjhanatthe …

ta →

pts

Ta˚

base of demonstr. pron. for nt., in oblique cases of m. & f., in demonstr. adv. of place & time (see also sa).

I. Cases: nom

sg. nt. tad (older) Vin.i.83; Snp.1052; Dh …

tab →

pts

Tab˚

in compounds tabbisaya, tabbahula, etc. = taṃ˚, see under *ta*˚ I. a.

tajja →

pts

“this like,” belonging to this, founded on this or that; on the ground of this (or these), appropriate, suitable; esp. in combination with vāyāma (a suitable effort as “causa moven …

tanutta →

pts

diminution, reduction, vanishing, gradual disappearance AN.i.160 (manussānaṃ khayo hoti tanuttaṃ paññāyati); AN.ii.144 (rāga˚, dosa˚ moha˚); esp. in phrase (characterizing a sakadāgāmin “rāga-dosa-m …

tapassin →

pts

adjective noun one devoted to religious austerities, an ascetic (non-Buddhist). Fig. one who exercises self-control & attains mastery over his senses Vin.i.234 = AN.iv.184 (tapassī samaṇo Gotamo); D …

tarati →

pts

Tarati1

(lit.) to go or get through, to cross (a river), pass over, traverse (fig.) to get beyond, i.e. to surmount, overcome, esp oghaṃ (the great flood of life, desire, ignorance, etc.) …

tathā →

pts

adverb so, thus (and not otherwise, opp. aññathā), in this way, likewise Snp.1052 (variant reading yathā); Ja.i.137, etc
■ Often with eva tath’ eva just so, still the same, not different DN.iii.135 …

tayo →

pts

num. card. three.

■ nom. acc. m. tayo (Snp.311), & tayas (tayas; su dhammā Snp.231, see Kp-a.188)
■ f. tisso (DN.i.143; AN.v.210; Iti.99)
■ nt. tīṇi (AN.i.1 …

taṇhā →

pts

(lit.) drought, thirst; (fig.) craving, hunger for, excitement the fever of unsatisfied longing (c. loc.: kabaḷinkāre āhāre “thirst” for solid food SN.ii.101 sq.; cīvare piṇḍapāte taṇhā = greed for Sn …

thaṇḍila →

pts

bare, esp. hard, stony ground Pv.iv.7#5 (= kharakaṭhāna bhūmippadesa Pv-a.265).

  • -sāyikā (f.) the act of lying on the bare ground (as a penance) [BSk. sthaṇḍila-śāyikā] SN.iv.118; Dhp.141

(= D …

thika →

pts

adjective dropping forming drops: madhutthika Ja.iii.493; Ja.vi.529 (= madhuṃ paggharantiyo madhutthevasadisā p. 530 “dropping honey.”

cp. Sk. styāyate to congeal, form a (solid) mass; see cognates u …

thulla FIXME double →

pts

Thūlaa & Thullab

(the latter usual in compounds) adjective compact, massive; coarse gross; big, strong, clumsy; common, low, unrefined rough

  1. DN.i.223; Snp.146 (aṇuka˚), Snp. …

thūla →

pts

Thūlaa & Thullab

(the latter usual in compounds) adjective compact, massive; coarse gross; big, strong, clumsy; common, low, unrefined rough

  1. DN.i.223; Snp.146 (aṇuka˚), Snp. …

ti FIXME double →

pts

Ti

adverb the apostrophe form of iti, thus. See iti.

cp. Sk. iti

Ti˚

base of numeral three in compound; consisting of three, threefold; in numerical compounds also three (3 times).

*-[kaṭuka](/d …

ti →

pts

Iti (ti)

indeclinable emphatic deictic particle “thus”. Occurs in both forms iti & ti, the former in higher style (poetry), the latter more familiar in conversational prose. The function of “iti” is …

tilaka →

pts

  1. a spot, stain, mole, freckle MN.i.88; SN.i.170; Vv-a.253; Dhp-a.iv.172 (˚ṃ vā kālakaṃ vā adisvā).
  2. a kind of tree Vv.6#7 (= bandhu-jīvaka-puppha-sadisa-pupphā ekā rukkha-jāti).

tila + ka …

timbaru →

pts

certain tree (Strychnos nux vomica or Diospyros) Ja.vi.336; -tthanī (f.) “with breasts like the t fruit” Snp.110; Ja.vi.457 (Snp-a.172: taruṇadārikā) Vv-a.137 (t
■ nādasadisa).

timisa →

pts

darkness Ja.iii.433 (andhakāra-timissāya); Pp.30 (andh˚-timisāya); Mil.283

Vedic tamisrā = tamas

timīsikā →

pts

darkness, a very dark night Vv.9#6; Ja.iv.98.

timisa + ka

tiracchāna →

pts

an animal Iti.92 (tiracchānaṃ ca yoniyo for tiracchāna-yoniyo); Vb.339 (˚gāminī paṭipadā leading to rebirth among beasts); Vv-a.23 (manussatiracchāna an animal-man, wild man, “werwolf”).

  • *-[kat …

tisata →

pts

number three hundred Ja.vi.427 (˚mattā nāvā). See also under tayo.

ti + sata

tiṇa →

pts

grass, herb; weed; straw; thatch hay, litter SN.iii.137 (tiṇa, kasā, kusa, babbaja, bīraṇa) satiṇakaṭṭhodaka full of grass, wood & water (of an estate) DN.i.87, DN.i.111, etc.; sītaṃ vā uṇhaṃ vā rajo …

tiṭṭhati →

pts

to stand, etc.

I. Forms

pres ind. tiṭṭhati (Snp.333, Snp.434; Pv.i.5#1);
imper second tiṭṭha, 3rd tiṭṭhatu ppr. tiṭṭhaṃ, tiṭṭhanto, tiṭṭhamāna;
pot tiṭṭhe (Snp.918, Snp.968) & tiṭṭheyy …

tula →

pts

adjective only in negative atula incomparable, not to be measured, beyond compare or description Vv.30#4 (= anupama Vv-a.126); Pv.ii.8#9 (= appamāṇa Pv-a.110); Pv.iii.3#2 (= asadisarūpa Pv-a.188) …

tumhādisa →

pts

pronomial adjective like you, of your kind Snp.459; Ja.vi.528; DN-a.i.146.

tumhe + ādisa

tādin →

pts

adjective noun (nom. tādī & tādi, in compounds tādi˚) such, such like of such (good) qualities, “ecce homo”; in pregnant sense appl. to the Bhagavant & Arahants, characterized as “such” in 5 ways: see …

tādisa →

pts

Tādisa1

adjective such like, of such quality or character, in such a condition Ja.i.151 Ja.iii.280; Snp.112, Snp.317, Snp.459; Cnd.277 (in expl. of tathāvidha); Iti.68; Pv.ii.9#4; Pv-a.69 …

tādisaka →

pts

adjective = tādisa1, of such character Snp.278; Iti.68.

tāla →

pts

  1. the palmyra tree (fan palm), Borassus flabelliformis; freq. in comparisons similes MN.i.187; Ja.i.202 (˚vana), Ja.i.273 (˚matta as tall as a palm): Vv-a.162; Pv-a.100 (chinnamūlo viya tālo)
  2. a …

tālīsa →

pts

(also tālissa Ja.iv.286, tālīsaka Mil.338) the shrub Flacourtia cataphracta & a powder or ointment obtained from it Vin.i.203 (+ tagara); Ja.iv.286 (id.); Mil.338.

cp. Sk. tālī, tālīśa & talāśā …

tārā →

pts

star, a planet Snp.687 (tārāsabha the lord, lit. “the bull” of the stars, i.e. the Moon).

-gaṇa (tāra˚) the host of stars Pv.ii.9#67 (cando va t
■ gaṇe atirocati). -maṇivitāna

tāva →

pts

adverb so much, so long; usually correl. with yāva how long, how much; in all meanings to be understood out of elliptical application of this correlation Thus

I

*yāva-tāva …

tāvataka →

pts

adjective just so much or just so long (viz. as the situation requires), with (or ellipt. without a corresp. yāvataka Vin.i.83 (yāvatake-t. as many as) DN.ii.18 (yāvatakv’ assa kāyo tāvatakv’ assa vy …

tāḷa →

pts

Tāḷa1

beating, striking, the thing beaten or struck i.e. a musical instrument which is beaten, an instr. of percussion, as a cymbal, gong, or tambourine (for tāḷa gong cp. thāla):

  1. gong …

ubbasati →

pts

see ubbisati.

ubbisati →

pts

“to be out home”, to live away from home Ja.ii.76
■ See also ubbāsīyati
pp ubbisita (˚kāle) ibid.

better reading variant reading ubbasati, ud + vas

ubbāsīyati →

pts

“to be dis-inhabited”, i.e. to be abandoned by the inhabitants Mhvs.6, Mhvs.22 (= chaḍḍīyati C.)
■ Cp. ubbisati.

Pass. of ubbāseti, ud + vas

ubho →

pts

adjective both; nom. acc. ubho SN.i.87; AN.iii.48 = Iti.16; Iti.43 = Snp.661 = Dhp.306; Snp.220 Snp.543, Snp.597; Dhp.74, Dhp.256, Dhp.269; Dhp.412; Mnd.109; Pv.i.7#6 Ja.i.223; Ja.ii.3; Pv-a.13, Pv- …

ud →

pts

Ud-

prefix in verbal & nominal combn. One half of all the words beginning with u˚ are combns. with ud˚, which in compn. appears modified according to the rules of as …

udaya →

pts

rise, growth; increment, increase; income, revenue, interest AN.ii.199; Pts.i.34; Vv.84#7 (dhan’atthika uddayaṃ patthayāna = ānisaṃsaṃ atirekalābhaṃ Vv-a.336); Vv.84#52 ; Dhp-a.ii.270; Pv-a.146 (ul …

uddesa →

pts

  1. pointing out, setting forth, proposition, exposition, indication, programme MN.iii.223 (u. uddiṭṭha), MN.iii.239; SN.iv.299; Snp-a.422.
  2. explanation SN.v.110 sq.; sa-uddesa (adj.) with (the n …

uddhagga →

pts

adjective

  1. standing on end (lit. with raised point). bristling, of the hair of a Mahāpurisa DN.ii.18 = DN.iii.144, DN.iii.154.
  2. prominent, conspicuous Ja.iv.345 (˚rājin having prominent stripes, …

uddisati →

pts

  1. to propose, point out, appoint, allot Dhp.353, cp. Dhp-a.iv.72; Mil.94 (satihāraṃ) fut. uddisissati MN.i.480 (ex conj., is probably to be changed to uddassessati, q.v.).
  2. to specify Pv-a.22 (ao …

uddissa →

pts

indeclinable

  1. indicating, with signs or indications Ja.iii.354 = Mil.230.
  2. prep w. acc.:
    1. (lit.) pointing to, tending towards, towards to Pv-a.250 Suraṭṭha-visayaṃ)
    2. (appld.</sup …

uddisāpeti →

pts

  1. to make recite Vin.i.47 = Vin.ii.224; Vin.iv.290.
  2. to dedicate Pv-a.35 (variant reading ādisati).

Caus. ii. of uddisati

uddiṭṭha →

pts

  1. pointed out, appointed, set out, put forth, proposed, put down, codified MN.i.480 (pañha); Snp.p.91 (id. = uddesa-matten’ eva vutta, na vibhangena Snp-a.422); Snp-a.372.
  2. appointed, dedicated …

udikkhati →

pts

  1. to look at, to survey. to perceive Vin.i.25 (udiccare, 3sd. pl. pres. med.) Ja.v.71, Ja.v.296; Vv.81#21 (aor. udikkhisaṃ = ullokesiṃ Vv-a.316); Dāvs ii.109; Sdhp.308.
  2. to look out for …

ugghāṭeti →

pts

to remove, take away, unfasten, abolish, put an end to Vin.ii.148 (tālāni), Vin.ii.208 (ghaṭikaṃ); Vin.iv.37; Ja.ii.31; Ja.vi.68; Mil.140 (bhava-paṭisandhiṃ), Mil.371; Vism.374
caus 2 ugghāṭāpeti

ukkācita →

pts

enlightened, made bright (fig.) or cleaned, cleared up AN.i.72, AN.i.286 (˚vinīta parisā enlightened & trained).

pp. either to * kāc to shine or to kāceti denom. fr. kāca1

ummisati →

pts

to open one’s eyes Ja.iii.96 (opp. nimisati; variant reading ummisati for ˚mīḷ˚?).

ud + misati

upa →

pts

upa*, e.g. devūpaṭṭhāna, lokûpaga, puññûpatthambhita-Meanings:

  1. (Rest): on upon, up-˚kiṇṇa covered over; ˚jīvati live on (cp. anu˚); ˚tthambhita propped up, sup-ported; ˚cita heap …

upadahati →

pts

to put down, supply, furnish, put on; give, cause, make Vin.iv.149; DN.ii.135 (vippaṭisāraṃ); AN.i.203 (dukkhaṃ); Mil.109, Mil.139, Mil.164, Mil.286 Mil.383. grd. pass. -dahātabba to be given or ca …

upadesa →

pts

pointing out, indication, instruction, advice Pv-a.26 (tadupadesena read for tadupād˚; Kp-a.208 differs at id. p.); Kp-a.100; Sdhp.227.

fr. upadisati

upadisati →

pts

to point out, show, advise, specify Ja.v.457 (sippaṃ); Mil.21 (dhamma-maggaṃ)
pp upadiṭṭha (q.v.).

upa + disati

upadiṭṭha →

pts

pointed out, put forth, specified Mil.144 (pañha).

pp. of upadisati

upagghāta →

pts

scented, smelled, kissed Ja.vi.543 (C. sīsamhi upasinghita).

pp. of next

upama →

pts

adjective “coming quite or nearly up to” i.e. like, similar, equal DN.i.239 (andha-veṇ˚); MN.i.432 (taruṇ˚ a young looking fellow); AN.iv.11 udak˚ puggala a man like water); Pv.i.1#1 (khett˚ like a w …

upamā →

pts

likeness, simile, parable, example (cp. formula introducing u. SN.ii.114; MN.i.148); Snp.705 (cp. Dhp.129, Dhp.130), Snp.1137 (= upanidhā sadisaṃ paṭibhāgo Cnd.158); Iti.114; Vism.341 Vism.478, Vism.5 …

upamānita →

pts

measured out, likened, like, comparable Thig.382 (= sadisa Thag-a.255).

pp. of caus. upa +

upanibha →

pts

adjective somewhat like (-˚) MN.i.58 = AN.iii.324 (sankha-vaṇṇa˚); Ja.i.207 (= sadisa C.), Ja.v.302 (tāla˚).

upa + nibha

upanikkhitta →

pts

laid down (secretly), placed by or on top SN.v.457; Ja.vi.390; Mil.80
■ m. a spy Ja.vi.394 (˚purisa).

upa + n˚

upanisā →

pts

  1. cause, means DN.ii.217, DN.ii.259; MN.iii.71 (samādhiṃ sa-upanisaṃ); SN.ii.30–SN.ii.32 (SN-a. = kāraṇa, paccaya); SN.v.25; AN.i.198; AN.iii.20, AN.iii.200 sq. AN.iii.360; AN.iv.99, AN.iv.336, AN. …

upapisana →

pts

grinding, powder, in añjan˚; powdered ointment (for the eyes) Vin.i.203; Vin.ii.112.

upa + piṣ

upari →

pts

indeclinable over, above (prep. & prefix)

  1. (adv. on top, above (opp. adho below) Vin.iv.46 (opp. heṭṭhā) Ja.vi.432; Kp-a.248 (= uddhaṃ; opp. adho); Snp-a.392 (abtimukho u. gacchati explaining pac …

uparima →

pts

adjective uppermost, above, overhead DN.iii.189 (disā); Ne.88. Cp. upariṭṭhima.

upari + ma, superl. formation

upasiṅghita →

pts

scented, smelled at (loc.) Ja.vi.543 (sisaṃhi, C. for upagghata).

pp. of upasinghati

upavisati →

pts

to come near, to approach a person Ja.iv.408; Ja.v.377; aor. upāvisi Snp.415, Snp.418 (āsajja upāvisi = samīpaṃ gantvā nisīdi Snp-a.384).

upa + visati

upaṭṭita →

pts

pained, terrified; overcome, overwhelmed Ja.vi.82 (visavegena). Upatthapeti & tthapeti;

upa + aṭṭita, from ard, see aṭṭita

upekhā →

pts

Upekkhā & Upekhā

feminine “looking on”, hedonic neutrality or indifference, zero point between joy & sorrow (Cpd. 66) disinterestedness, neutral feeling, equanimity. Sometimes equivalent to adukkham\ …

upekkhā →

pts

Upekkhā & Upekhā

feminine “looking on”, hedonic neutrality or indifference, zero point between joy & sorrow (Cpd. 66) disinterestedness, neutral feeling, equanimity. Sometimes equivalent to adukkham\ …

uppanna →

pts

born, reborn, arisen, produced, DN.i.192 (lokaṃ u. born into the world); Vin.iii.4; Snp.55 (˚ñāṇa; see Cnd.168), Snp.998; Ja.i.99; Pv.ii.2#2 (pettivisayaṃ) Dhs.1035, Dhs.1416; Vb.12, Vb.17, Vb.50, Vb. …

uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāta →

pts

adjective “having become very pale” (?), or “somewhat pale” (?), with dubbaṇṇa in Kp-a.234, and in a stock phrase of three different settings, viz.

  1. kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo upp˚ dhamani-santhata-gat …

upādāna →

pts

nt.

  1. (lit.) that (material) substratum by means of which an active process is kept alive or going), fuel, supply, provision; adj. (-˚) supported by, drawing one’s existence from SN.i.69; SN.ii.85 …

upādāya →

pts

adverb

  1. (as prep. with acc.) lit. “taking it up” (as such & such), i.e.
    1. out of, as, for; in phrase anukampaṃ upādāya out of pity or mercy DN.i.204; Pv-a.61, Pv-a.141, Pv-a.164
    2. compar …

upāsaka →

pts

devout or faithful layman, a lay devotee Vin.i.4, Vin.i.16 (tevāciko u.), Vin.i.37, Vin.i.139 Vin.i.195 sq.; Vin.ii.125; Vin.iii.6, Vin.iii.92; Vin.iv.14, Vin.iv.109; DN.i.85; DN.ii.105 DN.ii.113; DN. …

upāvisi →

pts

3rd sg. aor. of upavisati (q.v.).

ura →

pts

…a carriage pole Vv.63#28 (= īsāmūla Vv-a.269).

  • -ga going on the chest, creeping, i.e. a snake SN.i.69; Snp.1, Snp.604; Ja.i.7; Ja.iv.330;…

uro →

pts

…a carriage pole Vv.63#28 (= īsāmūla Vv-a.269).

  • -ga going on the chest, creeping, i.e. a snake SN.i.69; Snp.1, Snp.604; Ja.i.7; Ja.iv.330;…

urūḷhava →

pts

adjective large, bulky, immense; great big, strong. Only in one stock phrase “nāgo isādanto urūḷhavo” Vv.20#9, Vv.43#9 ; Ja.vi.488; of which variant n. ī ubbuḷhavā MN.i.414 = MN.i.450. The word is exp …

usabha →

pts

Usabha1

a bull; often fig as symbol of manliness and strength (cp. nisabha) DN.i.6 (˚yuddha bull-fight), DN.i.9 (˚lakkhaṇa signs on a b.), DN.i.127; Vin.iii.39 (puris˚ “bull of a man”, a …

ussada →

pts

this word is beset with difficulties, the phrase satt-ussada is applied in all kinds of meanings, evidently the result of an original application & meaning having become obliterated satt˚ is taken as …

ussanna →

pts

adjective

  1. overflowing, heaped up, crowded; extensive, abundant, preponderant, excessive, full of (˚-) Vin.i.285 (cīvaraṃ u. overstocked; Vin.ii.270 (āmisaṃ too abundant); Vin.iii.286 Thig.444 (= …

ussaṅkha →

pts

adjective with ankles midway (?) in -pāda the 7th of the characteristics of a Mahāpurisa DN.ii.17; DN.iii.143, DN.iii.154; DA explains: the ankles are not over the heels, but midway in t …

ussīsaka →

pts

the head of a bed, a pillow for the head Ja.i.266; Ja.ii.410, Ja.ii.443; Ja.iv.154; Ja.v.99; Ja.vi.32 Ja.vi.37, Ja.vi.56; Dhp-a.i.184 (˚passe, opp. pāda-passe).

ud + sīsa + ka

usumā →

pts

heat Ja.i.31 (= uṇha Ja.iii.55), Ja.i.243; Ja.ii.433; Vism.172 (usuma-vaṭṭi-sadisa); DN-a.i.186; Dhp-a.i.225; Dhp-a.ii.20.

the diaeretic form of Sk. uṣman, of which the direct equivalent is P. usmā (q.v.)

uttama →

pts

adjective “ut-most”, highest, greatest, best Snp.1054 (dhammaṃ uttamaṃ the highest ideal = Nibbāna for which seṭṭhan Snp.1064; cp. Cnd.317); Dhp.56; Mnd.211; Cnd.502 (in paraphrase of mahā combd …

uttara →

pts

Uttara1

adjective

  1. higher, high, superior, upper, only in compounds, Ja.ii.420 (musal˚ with the club on top of him? Cy not clear, perhaps to uttara2); see also below.
  2. nort …

uttarīya →

pts

an outer garment, cloak Pv.i.10#3 (= uparivasanaṃ uparihāraṃ uttarisāṭakaṃ Pv-a.49); Dāvs iii.30; Thag-a.253.

fr. uttara

uttāna →

pts

adjective

  1. stretched out (flat), lying on one’s back, supine Vin.i.271 (mañcake uttānaṃ nipajjāpetvā making her lie back on the couch), Vin.ii.215; Ja.i.205; Pv.iv.10#8 (opp. avakujja); Pv-a.178 ( …

uḍḍeti →

pts

Uḍḍeti1

to fly up MN.i.364 (kāko maṃsapesiṃ ādāya uḍḍayeyya; vv.ll. ubbaḍaheyya, uyya dayeyya); Ja.v.256, Ja.v.368, Ja.v.417.

ud + ḍeti to fly. The etym. is doubtful, Müller P. Gr. 99 id …

uḍḍha →

pts

(-˚) (num. ord.) the fourth, only in cpd. aḍḍhuḍḍha “half of the fourth unit”, i.e. three & a half (cp; diyaḍḍha

  1. 1/2 and aḍḍha-teyya 2 1/2) Ja.v.417 sq. (˚āni itthisahassā …

uṇhīsa →

pts

turban DN.i.7; DN.ii.19 = DN.iii.145 (˚sīsa cp. Dial. ii.16); Ja.ii.88; Mil.330; DN-a.i.89; Dhs-a.198. Ut(t)anda

Sk. uṣṇīṣa

uṇṇa →

pts

Uṇṇā (f.)

  1. wool AN.iii.37 = AN.iv.265 (+ kappāsā cotton) Ja.ii.147; Snp-a.263 (patt˚).
  2. hair between the eyebrows Snp.1022, & in stock phrase, describing one of the 32 signs of a Mahāpurisa, …

uṭṭhita →

pts

  1. risen, got up Pv.ii.9#41 (kāl˚); Vism.73.
  2. arisen, produced Ja.i.36; Mil.155.
  3. striving, exerting oneself, active Ja.ii.61; Dhp.168; Mil.213.

-an˚; SN.ii.264; Pts.i.172
■ Cp. pariy˚. *Not …

va →

pts

Va1

the syllable “va” Kp-a.109 (with ref. to ending ˚vā in Bhagavā, which Bdhgh expls as “va-kāraṃ dīghaṃ katvā,” i.e. a lengthening of va); Snp-a.76 (see below va3</sup …

vagga →

pts

Vagga1

  1. a company, section group, party Vin.i.58 (du˚, ti˚), Vin.i.195 (dasa˚ a chapter of 10 bhikkhus).
  2. a section or chapter of a canonical book Dhp-a.i.158 (eka-vagga-dvi-vagga- …

vana →

pts

Vana1

neuter the forest; wood; as a place of pleasure sport (“wood”), as well as of danger & frightfulness (“jungle”), also as resort of ascetics, noted for its loneliness (“forest”). Of ( …

vanta →

pts

  1. vomited, or one who has vomited Mil.214; Pv-a.80. As nt. vomit at Vin.i.303.
  2. (fig.) given up, thrown up, left behind, renounced MN.i.37 (+ catta, mutta & pahīna). Cp. BSk. vāntī-bhāva, syn wi …

vapati →

pts

Vapati1

to sow Snp.p.13 (kasati +); Ja.i.150 (nivāpaṃ vapitvā); Pv-a.139
pass vappate SN.i.227 (yādisaṃ v. bījaṃ tādisaṃ harate phalaṃ), and vuppati [Vedic upyat …

vapayāti →

pts

to go away, to disappear, only at Vin. i.2 = Kv.186 (kankhā vapayanti sabbā; cp. id p. Mvu.ii.416 vyapananti, to be read as vyapayanti).

vi + apa + yā

vasa →

pts

power, authority, control, influence SN.i.43, SN.i.240 (kodho vo vasam āyātu: shall be in your power; vasa = āṇāpavattana K.S. i.320); MN.i.214 (bhikkhu cittaṃ vasaṃ vatteti, no ca cittassa vasena v …

vasabha →

pts

bull Mil.115 (rāja˚); Snp-a.40 (relation between usabha, vasabha & nisabha) Vv-a.83 (id.).

the Sanskritic-Pāli form (*vṛṣabha) of the proper Pāli usabha (q.v. for etym.). Only …

vasati →

pts

Vasati1

to clothe. pp.; vuttha1. Caus. vāseti: see ni˚ See also vāsana1 & vāsana1.

vas1; to Idg. *ṷes, cp. Gr. ε …

vatthu →

pts

Vatthu1

neuter lit. “ground,” hence

  1. (lit.) object, real thing, property, thing, substance (cp. vatthu2!) AN.ii.209 (khetta˚, where khetta in lit. sense, cp. No. 2). Here bel …

vavatthapeti →

pts

Vavatthapeti & ˚ṭṭhāpeti

to determine, fix, settle, define, designate, point out Ja.iv.17 (disaṃ ˚tthapetvā getting his bearings); Vb.193 sq. Vism.182; Snp-a.67; Kp-a.11, Kp-a.42, Kp-a.89; Vv-a. …

vavaṭṭhāpeti →

pts

Vavatthapeti & ˚ṭṭhāpeti

to determine, fix, settle, define, designate, point out Ja.iv.17 (disaṃ ˚tthapetvā getting his bearings); Vb.193 sq. Vism.182; Snp-a.67; Kp-a.11, Kp-a.42, Kp-a.89; Vv-a. …

vaṃsa →

pts

  1. a bamboo Snp.38 (vaṃso visālo va; vaṃso explained at Cnd.556 as “veḷugumba,” at Snp-a.76 as “veḷu”), ibid. (˚kaḷīra) Ja.vi.57; Vism.255 (˚kaḷīra); Kp-a.50 (id.).
  2. race lineage, family AN.ii.27 …

vaṇa →

pts

wound, sore Vin.i.205 (m.), Vin.i.218 (vaṇo rūḷho); Vin.iii.36 (m; angajāte), Vin.iii.117 (angajāte) SN.iv.177 (vaṇaṃ ālimpeti); AN.v.347 sq., AN.v.350 sq.; AN.v.359 Cnd.540; Pp-a 212 (purāṇa-vaṇa- …

vaṇijjā →

pts

trade, trading MN.ii.198; Snp.404 (payojaye dhammikaṃ so vaṇijjaṃ); AN.ii.81 sq.; Pv.i.5#6 (no trade among the Petas); Ja.i.169; Pv-a.47 (tela˚) Sdhp.332, Sdhp.390
Five trades must not be carri …

vaṇṇa →

pts

appearance etc (lit. “cover, coating”). There is a considerable fluctuation of meaning, especially between meanings 2, 3, 4. One may group as follows.

  1. colour Snp.447 (meda˚); SN.v.216 (chavi˚ of t …

vaṭṭanā →

pts

in -valī is a line or chain of balls (“rounds,” i.e. rings or spindles). Reading somewhat doubtful. It occurs at MN.i.80, MN.i.81 (seyyathā v. evaṃ me piṭṭhi-kaṇṭako unnat’ âvanato hoti; Neumann t …

vebhūtika →

pts

Vebhūtika & ˚ya

(adj. n.) causing disaster or ruin; nt. calumnious speech, bad language DN.iii.106 (˚ya); Snp.158 (˚ya); Vv.84#40 (˚ka; explained as “sahitānaṃ vinābhāva-karaṇato vebhūtikaṃ,” i.e. p …

vebhūtiya →

pts

Vebhūtika & ˚ya

(adj. n.) causing disaster or ruin; nt. calumnious speech, bad language DN.iii.106 (˚ya); Snp.158 (˚ya); Vv.84#40 (˚ka; explained as “sahitānaṃ vinābhāva-karaṇato vebhūtikaṃ,” i.e. p …

vedhavera →

pts

son of a widow; in two diff. passages of the Jātaka, both times characterized as sukka-cchavī vedhaverā “sons of widows, with white skins,” and at both places misunderstood (or unintelligibly exp …

vedisa →

pts

Name of a tree Ja.v.405; Ja.vi.550.

fr. vidisā?

vega →

pts

quick motion, impulse, force; speed, velocity SN.iv.157; AN.iii.158 (sara˚); Snp.1074; Mil.202, Mil.258, Mil.391; Pv-a.11, Pv-a.47 (vāta˚) Pv-a.62 (visa˚), Pv-a.67, Pv-a.284 (kamma˚); Sdhp.295

vejja →

pts

physician, doctor, medical man, surgeon Ja.i.455 Ja.iii.142; Kp-a.21; Snp-a.274 (in simile); Vv-a.185, Vv-a.322; Dhp-a.i.8; Pv-a.36, Pv-a.86; Sdhp.279, Sdhp.351
hatthi˚; elephantdoctor Ja …

velli →

pts

is a word peculiar to the Jātaka. At one passage it is explained by the Commentary as “vedi” (i.e. rail, cornice), where it is applied to the slender waist of a woman (cp. vilāka & vilaggita;): Ja …

vepulla →

pts

full development, abundance, plenty, fullness DN.iii.70, DN.iii.221, DN.iii.285; SN.iii.53; AN.i.94 (āmisa˚, dhamma˚); AN.iii.8, AN.iii.404; AN.v.152 sq., AN.v.350 sq.; Mil.33, Mil.251; Vism.212 (sadd …

vepurisikā →

pts

woman resembling a man (sexually), a man-like woman, androgyn Vin.ii.271; Vin.iii.129.

vi + purisa + aka

verin →

pts

adjective bearing hostility, inimical, revengeful Ja.iii.177; Pv.iv.3#25 (= veravanto Pv-a.252); Mil.196 Vism.296 (˚puggala), Vism.326 (˚purisa, in simile), Vism.512 (in sim.); Vb-a.89
■ Neg. *[av …

vesa →

pts

dress, apparel; (more frequently:) disguise, (assumed) appearance Ja.i.146 (pakati˚ usual dress), Ja.i.230 (āyuttaka˚); Ja.iii.418 (andha˚) Mil.12; Dhp-a.ii.4; Pv-a.62, Pv-a.93 (ummattaka˚), Pv-a. …

vesma →

pts

house Ja.v.84. A trace of the n-stem in loc. vesmani Ja.v.60.

Vedic veśman, fr. viś to enter: see visati

vesākha →

pts

Name of a month (April-May) Mhvs.1, Mhvs.73; Mhvs.29, Mhvs.1.

cp. Vedic vaiśākha

vesārajja →

pts

(the Buddha’s or an Arahant’s) perfect selfconfidence (which is of 4 kinds), self-satisfaction, subject of confidence. The four are given in full at MN.i.71 sq. viz. highest knowledge, khīṇāsava stat …

veti →

pts

to go away, disappear, wane SN.iii.135; AN.ii.51; Ja.iii.154; Dhs-a.329. Cp. vyavayāti.

vi + eti, of i; Sk. vyeti

veṭha →

pts

wrap, in sīsa˚; head-wrap, turban MN.i.244; SN.iv.56.

fr. viṣṭ, veṣṭ.

veṭhana →

pts

  1. surrounding, enveloping Ja.vi.489.
  2. a turban head-dress DN.i.126; AN.i.145; AN.iii.380 (sīsa˚); Ja.v.187; Dhp-a.iv.213; Pv-a.161.
  3. wrapping, clothing, wrap shawl Ja.vi.12

■ Cp. *[pali˚](/de …

vi →

pts

indeclinable

I.

  1. inseparable prefix of separation and expansion, in original meaning of “asunder,” semantically closely related to Lat. dis- & Ger ver-. Often as base-prefix in var mean …

vibhāvana →

pts

(f.)

  1. making clear, ascertainment, explanation, exposition Ja.iii.389; Vb.342, Vb.343 (ā); Snp-a.13, Snp-a.261 sq., Snp-a.318; Vb-a.409 (ā) Thag-a.76 (ā), Thag-a.230; Pv-a.137, Pv-a.1 …

viddesa →

pts

enmity, hatred Ja.iii.353; Thag-a.268.

fr. vi + disa

viddesanā →

pts

enmity Thig.446; Ja.iii.353.

abstr. formation fr. viddesa, cp. disatā2

viddhaṃsana →

pts

adjective noun shattering, destruction (trs. & intrs.) undoing, making disappear; adj. destroying SN.iv.83; Mil.351 (kosajja˚); Ja.i.322; Ja.v.267 (adj.); Vism.85 (vikkhepa +); Vv-a.58, Vv-a.161 (a …

videsa →

pts

foreign country Mil.326; Vv-a.338.

vi + desa; cp. disā at Vin.i.50

vidisā →

pts

an intermediate point of the compass SN.i.224; SN.iii.239; Snp.1122; Ja.i.20, Ja.i.101; Ja.vi.6, Ja.vi.531.

vi + disā

vigacchati →

pts

to depart, disappear; to decrease DN.i.138 (bhogakkhandha vigacchissati); Sdhp.523. pp. vigata.

vi + gacchati

vigama →

pts

(-˚) going away, disappearance, departing, departure Dāvs v.68 (sabb’ āsava˚); Dhs-a.166; Sdhp.388 (jighacchā˚), Sdhp.503 (sandeha˚).

fr. vi + gam

vigata →

pts

˚- gone away, disappeared, ceased; having lost or foregone (for-gone = vi-gata), deprived of, being without; often to be trsld simply as prep. “without. It nearly always occurs in compou …

vihesikā →

pts

fright Ja.iii.147 (C. says “an expression of fearfullness”).

probably for Sk. *vibhīṣikā, fr. bhī, Epic Sk. bhīṣā, cp. bhīṣma = P. bhiṃsa (q.v.)

viheti →

pts

Viheti1

to be afraid (of) Ja.v.154 (= bhāyati C.). Cp. vibheti.

for bibheti?

Viheti2

to be given up, to disappear, to go awav Ja.iv.216 Kern,

Toevoegse …

vikkama →

pts

  1. walking about, stepping; in -malaka walking-enclosure, “περιπατεϊον”, corridor Ja.i.449.
  2. strength, heroism Ja.ii.211, Ja.ii.398; Ja.iii.386 (˚porisa).

fr. vi + kram

vikkhittaka →

pts

adjective

  1. scattered all over, deranged, dismembered; of a dead body with respect to its limbs (as one of the asubha-kammaṭṭhāna’s: cp vikkhāyika & vicchiddaka) Vism.110 (˚saññā) = Mil.332; Vism.1 …

vilomana →

pts

discrepancy, disagreement, reverse Dhs-a.253.

fr. viloma

vilometi →

pts

to dispute, disagree with, to find fault Ne.22; Mil.29, Mil.295; Dhs-a.253.

Denom. fr. viloma

vimaṭṭha →

pts

adjective smoothed, soft, smooth, polished Ja.v.96 (˚ābharana), (C. explains as “visāla”), Ja.v.204, Ja.v.400 (of ornaments)
ubhato-bhāga˚; polished or smooth on both sides MN.i.385; AN.v.61 = …

vimhaya →

pts

astonishment, surprise, disappointment Ja.v.69 (in expln of vyamhita) Mhvs.5, Mhvs.92; Snp-a.42 (explaining “vata”), Snp-a.256 (do. for “ve” = aho); DN-a.i.43; Vv-a.234, Vv-a.329.

cp. …

vimhāpana →

pts

dismaying, deceiving, disappointing Vism.24 (in expln of kuhana); Dhtp.633 (id.).

fr. vimhāpeti

vimāna →

pts

Vimāna1

neuter lit. covering a certain space, measuring; the defns given by Dhpāla refer it to “without measure,” i.e. immeasurable. Thus = vigata-māne appamāṇe mahanta vara-p …

vipariṇāma →

pts

change (for the worse), reverse, vicissitude DN.iii.216 (˚dukkhatā); MN.i.457 (see [as “disappointment”](/define/as “disappointment”)); SN.ii.274; SN.iii.8; SN.iv.7 sq., SN.iv.67 sq. AN.ii.177 (˚dhamm …

vippavadati →

pts

to dispute, disagree Ja.iv.163; Ja.vi.267.

vi + pavadati

vippayutta →

pts

separated SN.ii.173 (visaṃyutta +); Snp.914 (or ˚mutta). -paccaya the relation of dissociation Tikp.6, Kp.53 sq., Kp.65; Vism.539.

vi + payutta

vippaṭisāra →

pts

bad conscience, remorse, regret, repentance Vin.ii.250; DN.i.138; SN.iii.120, SN.iii.125; SN.iv.46; AN.iii.166, AN.iii.197, AN.iii.353; AN.iv.69; Ja.iv.12; Ja.v.88; Pp.62; Dhp-a.iv.42; Vv-a.116; Pv\ …

vippaṭisārin →

pts

adjective remorseful, regretful, repentant SN.iii.125 SN.iv.133, SN.iv.320 sq., SN.iv.359 sq.; AN.iii.165 sq.; AN.iv.244, AN.iv.390; Ja.i.200; Mil.10, Mil.285; Tikp.321, Kp.346.

fr. vippaṭisāra; cp. …

viraddhi →

pts

(missing, failure?) at Vin.i.359 is uncertain reading. The vv.ll. are visuddhi, visandi & visandhi with explains “viddhaṭṭhāna” & “viraddhaṭṭhāna” see p. 395.

viruta →

pts

noise, sound (of animals), cry Snp.927; explained as “virudaṃ [spelling with d, like ruda for ruta] vuccati-miga-cakkaṃ; miga-cakka-pāthakā [i.e. experts in the ways of animals; knowers of auspice …

visa →

pts

poison, virus venom MN.i.316 = SN.ii.110; Thag.418; Thag.768; Snp.1 (sappa snake venom); AN.ii.110; Ja.i.271 (halāhala˚ deadly p.), Ja.iii.201; Ja.iv.222; Pp.48; Mil.302; Pv-a.62, Pv-a.256; Thag-a. …

visabhāga →

pts

adjective different, unusual, extraordinary, uncommon Mil.78 sq.; DN-a.i.212; Vism.180 (purisassa itthisarīraṃ, itthiyā purisa-sarīraṃ visabhāgaṃ), Vism.516; Dhp-a.iv.52; Pv-a.118. -ārammaṇa pu …

visada →

pts

adjective

  1. clean, pure, white DN.ii.14; Mil.93, Mil.247; Dāvs v.28.
  2. clear, manifest Mil.93; Dhs-a.321, Dhs-a.328 (a˚); Vb-a.388 sq.

-kiriyā making clear: see under *[vat …

visadatā →

pts

purity, clearness Vism.134 (vatthu˚).

abstr. fr. visada

visaggatā →

pts

see *a*˚.

visahati →

pts

to be able, to dare, to venture Snp.1069 (= ussahati sakkoti Cnd.600); Ja.i.152
ppr neg. avisahanto unable Vv-a.69, Vv-a.112; and avisahamāna Ja.i.91
ger visayha (q.v.). …

visajjana →

pts

Visajjana & visajjeti

see viss˚.

visajjati →

pts

to hang on, cling to, stick to, adhere (fig.) only in pp. visatta (q.v.)
■ The apparent ger. form visajja belongs to vissajjati.

vi + sajjati, Pass. of sañj; the regula …

visajjeti →

pts

Visajjana & visajjeti

see viss˚.

visakkiya →

pts

in -dūta is a special kind of messenger Vin.iii.74.

vi + sakkiya?

visalla →

pts

adjective free from pain or grief SN.i.180; Snp.17, Snp.86 = Snp.367.

vi + salla

visama →

pts

adjective

  1. uneven, unequal, disharmonious, contrary AN.i.74; Pv-a.47 (vāta), Pv-a.131 (a˚ = sama of the “middle” path).
  2. (morally) discrepant lawless, wrong AN.iii.285; AN.v.329; Snp.57 (cp. Cn …

visamāyati →

pts

to be uneven DN.ii.269 (so read for visamā yanti).

Denom. fr. visama

visanna →

pts

sunk into (loc.), immersed Ja.iv.399. The poetical form is vyasanna.

pp. of visīdati

visappana →

pts

in -rasa at Vism.470 is not clear. Is it “spreading”, or misprint for visa-pāna?

vi + sṛp

visara →

pts

multitude DN-a.i.40.

vi + sara

visaritā →

pts

at DN.ii.213 in phrase iddhi˚; is doubtful reading. The gloss (K) has “visevitā.” Trsln (Dial. ii.246) “proficiency.” It is combined with iddhi-pahutā & iddhivikubbanatā. Bdhgh’s e …

visata →

pts

Visaṭa & visata

spread, diffused, wide, broad DN.iii.167 (ṭ); Snp.1 (T. reads t, variant reading BB has ṭ); Ja.ii.439; Ja.iv.499 (t); Mil.221, Mil.354 (ṭ; + vitthata) Mil.357. Cp. anu˚. Visata & v …

visati →

pts

to enter, only in combination with prefixes like upa˚, pa˚, pari˚, saṃ˚, abhisaṃ˚, etc.… See also vesma (house).

viś, cp. viś dwelling-place, veśa; Gr. οίκος house, οἰκέω to dwe …

visatta →

pts

hanging on (fig.), sticking or clinging to, entangled in (loc.) AN.ii.25; Snp.38, Snp.272 Cnd.597; Ja.ii.146; Ja.iii.241.

pp. of visajjati

visattikā →

pts

clinging to, adhering, attachment (to = loc.), sinful bent, lust, desire-It is almost invariably found as a syn. of taṇhā. P Commentators explain it with ref. either to *[visaṭa](/ …

visatā →

pts

Visaṭā & visatā

feminine “hanging on,” clinging, attachment. The word seems to be a quasi-short form of visattikā. Thus at Snp.715 (= taṇhā C.; spelling t); Dhs.1059 (translat …

visaya →

pts

  1. locality, spot, region; world, realm, province, neighbourhood Snp.977. Often in foll. combinations: petti˚; (or pitti˚) and pettika
    1. the world of the manes or petas MN.i.73; SN.iii.224; SN …

visayha →

pts

adjective possible Pv.iv.1#12 (yathā ˚ṃ as far as possible); ; impossible MN.i.207 = Vin.i.157.

ger. of visahati

visañña →

pts

adjective

  1. having wrong perceptions Snp.874.
  2. unconscious Ja.v.159. In composition with bhū as visaññī-bhūta at Ja.i.67.

vi + sañña = saññā

visaññin →

pts

adjective unconscious, one who has lost consciousness; also in meaning “of unsound mind (= ummattaka Mnd.279) AN.ii.52 (khitta-citta +); Mil.220; Sdhp.117. Visata & visata;

vi + saññin

visaṃ →

pts

is P. prefix corresponding to Sk. viṣu (or visva˚; in meaning “diverging, on opposite sides,” apart, against; only in cpd. -vādeti and derivations, lit to speak wrong, i.e. to deceive.

see *[v …

visaṃhata →

pts

removed, destroyed Thag.89.

vi + saṃhata2

visaṃsaṭṭha →

pts

adjective separated, unconnected with (instr.) MN.i.480; DN-a.i.59.

vi + saṃsaṭṭha

visaṃvāda →

pts

deceiving; neg. ; Mil.354.

visaṃ + vāda

visaṃvādaka →

pts

adjective deceiving, untrustworthy Vism.496; f. -ikā Ja.v.401, Ja.v.410
; not deceiving DN.iii.170; AN.iv.249; MN.iii.33; Pp.57.

visaṃ + vādaka

visaṃvādana →

pts

(f.) & -atā (f.) deceiving, disappointing AN.v.136 (˚ā); Vin.iv.2
honesty DN.iii.190 (-atā).

fr. visaṃvādeti

visaṃvādayitar →

pts

one who deceives another DN.iii.171.

n. ag. fr. visaṃvādeti

visaṃvādeti →

pts

to deceive with words, to break one’s word, to lie, deceive Vin.iii.143; Vin.iv.1 Ne.91
■ Neg. ; Ja.v.124.

visaṃ + vādeti; cp. BSk. visaṃvādayati Avs.i.262, after the Pāli

visaṃyoga →

pts

(& visaññoga) disconnection, separation from (-˚), dissociation Vin.ii.259 (ññ) = AN.iv.280; DN.iii.230 (kāma-yoga˚, bhava˚, diṭṭhi˚, avijjā˚ cp. the 4 oghas), DN.iii.276; AN.ii.11; AN.iii.156. …

visaṃyutta →

pts

(& visaññutta) adjective

  1. (lit.) unharnessed, unyoked Thag.1021 (half-fig.).
  2. detached from the world AN.i.262 = AN.iii.214; SN.ii.279 (ññ) Thag.1022; Snp.621, Snp.626, Snp.634; Dhp-a.iii.233 …

visaṅka →

pts

adjective fearless, secure; ; Sdhp.176.

vi + sanka; Sk. viśanka

visaṅkhita →

pts

destroyed, annihilated Dhp.154; Ja.i.493 (= viddhaṃsita Dhp-a.iii.129).

vi + sankhata

visaṅkhāra →

pts

divestment of all material things Dhp.154 (= nibbāna Dhp-a.iii.129). See sankhāra 3.

vi + sankhāra

visaṅkita →

pts

adjective suspicious, anxious Thag-a.134 (Ap. v. 78)
■ neg. ; not perturbed, trusting secure Sdhp.128.

pp. of vi + śaṅk

visaṭa →

pts

Visaṭa & visata

spread, diffused, wide, broad DN.iii.167 (ṭ); Snp.1 (T. reads t, variant reading BB has ṭ); Ja.ii.439; Ja.iv.499 (t); Mil.221, Mil.354 (ṭ; + vitthata) Mil.357. Cp. anu˚. Visata & v …

visaṭā →

pts

Visaṭā & visatā

feminine “hanging on,” clinging, attachment. The word seems to be a quasi-short form of visattikā. Thus at Snp.715 (= taṇhā C.; spelling t); Dhs.1059 (translat …

visaṭṭha →

pts

visaṭṭhi →

pts

  1. emission; in sukka˚; emission of semen Vin.ii.38; Vin.iii.112; Kv.163
  2. visaṭṭhi at SN.iii.133 and AN.iv.52 (T. visaṭṭhi probably stands for visatti in meaning “longing, …

viseni →

pts

Viseni˚

“without an enemy,” in -katvā making armyless, i.e. disarming Snp.833, Snp.1078. Explained in the Niddesa as “keep away as enemies, conquering” Mnd.174 = Cnd.602 (where Nd i.reads paṭiseni …

visevita →

pts

  1. restlessness, trick, capers MN.i.446 (of a horse; combined with visūkāyita).
  2. disagreement SN.i.123 (= viruddha-sevita K.S. i.320). Bdhgh at K.S. ii.203 reads *-sedh …

vissa →

pts

Vissa1

adjective all, every, entire; only in Np. Vissakamma. The word is antiquated in Pāli (for it sabba); a few cases in poetry are doubtful. Thus at Dhp.266 (dhamma), where Dhp-a.iii …

vissagga →

pts

dispensing, serving, donation, giving out, holding (a meal), only in phrases bhatta˚; the function of a meal. Vin.ii.153 iv.263; Pv.iii.2#9 (so read for vissatta) Mil.9 Snp-a.19 140; and dāna˚ best …

vissajjati →

pts

  1. The pres. vissajjati is not in use. The only forms of the simple verb system are the foll.:
    ger vissajja, usually written visajja, in meaning “setting free,” giving …

vissaṭṭha →

pts

  1. let loose; sent (out); released, dismissed; thrown; given out Mhvs.10, Mhvs.68; Ja.i.370; Ja.iii.373; Pv-a.46, Pv-a.64, Pv-a.123, Pv-a.174.
  2. (of the voice.) distinct, well enunciated DN.i.1 …

vissaṭṭhi →

pts

visāda →

pts

depression, dejection DN.i.248; DN-a.i.121; Sdhp.117. Cp. visīdati.

fr. vi + sad

visāhaṭa →

pts

adjective only neg. ; imperturbed, balanced Dhs.11, Dhs.15, Dhs.24 etc.

visa + āhaṭa

visāhāra →

pts

distractedness, perturbation; neg. ; balance Dhs.11, Dhs.15.

visa + āhāra, or vi + saṃ + āhāra

visākha →

pts

adjective having branches, forked; in ti˚ three-branched SN.i.118 = MN.i.109.

visākhā as adj.

visākhā →

pts

Name of a lunar mansion (nakkhatta) or month (see vesākha), usually as visākha˚ (-puṇṇamā), e.g. Snp-a.391; Vv-a.165.

vi + sākhā, Sk. viśākhā

visāla →

pts

adjective wide, broad, extensive Snp.38; Ja.v.49, Ja.v.215 (˚pakhuma); Mil.102, Mil.311.

  • -akkhī (f.) having large eyes Ja.v.40; Vv.37#1 (+ vipulalocanā; or a petī).

cp. Sk. viśāla

visālatā →

pts

breadth, extensiveness Vv-a.104.

abstr. fr. visāla

visāra →

pts

spreading, diffusion, scattering Dhs-a.118.

fr. vi + sṛ.

visārada →

pts

adjective self-possessed, confident; knowing how to conduct oneself, skilled, wise DN.i.175; DN.ii.86; SN.i.181; SN.iv.246; SN.v.261; AN.ii.8 (vyatta +); AN.iii.183, AN.iii.203, AN.iv.310, AN.iv.314 …

visāraka →

pts

adjective spreading, extending, expanding Vin.iii.97 (vattu˚ T.; vatthu˚ MSS.).

vi + sāraka, of sṛ.

visāta →

pts

adjective crushed to pieces, destroyed MN.ii.102 (˚gabbha, with mūḷha-gabbha; variant reading vighāta).

fr. vi + śat, cp. sāṭeti

visāṇa →

pts

  1. the horn of an animal (as cow, ox, deer, rhinoceros) Vin.i.191; AN.ii.207; AN.iv.376; Snp.35 (khagga˚, q.v.), Snp.309; Pp.56 (miga˚); Tha-ap.50 (usabha˚); Ja.i.505; Mil.103.
  2. (see [as m.](/defin …

visāṭita →

pts

cut in pieces, smashed, broken Ja.ii.163 (= bhinna C.).

pp. of vi + sāṭeti

visīdati →

pts

  1. to sink down Ja.iv.223.
  2. to falter, to be dejected or displeased SN.i.7; AN.iii.158; Pp.65

pp visanna.

vi + sad; cp. visāda & pp. BSk.; viṣaṇṇa Divy.44

vitakka →

pts

reflection, thought, thinking; “initial application” (Cpd. 282)
■ defined as “vitakkanaṃ vitakko, ūhanan ti vuttaṃ hoti” at Vism.142 (with simile on p. 143, comparing vitakka with vicāra kumbhakār …

vitarati →

pts

  1. to go through, come through, overcome Snp.495, Snp.779 (ger. ˚eyya, taken as Pot. at Mnd.57 oghaṃ samatikkameyya), Snp.941, Snp.1052; Pv.iii.2#4 (vitaritvā = vitiṇṇo hutvā Pv-a.181, q.v. for detai …

viyatta →

pts

  1. (adj.) determined, of settled opinion, learned, accomplished; only in stock phrase sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā (which Rh. D trsls “true hearers, wise and well-trained, ready etc. …

viyārambha →

pts

striving, endeavour, undertaking Snp.953 (explained as the 3 abhisankhāras, viz puñña˚, apuñña˚ & āneñja˚ at Mnd.442).

vi + ārambha

viññāṇa →

pts

(as special term in Buddhist metaphysics) a mental quality as a constituent of individuality, the bearer of (individual) life, life-force (as extending also over rebirths), principle of conscious lif …

vobhindati →

pts

to split; ppr. -anto (fig.) hair-splitting DN.i.162; MN.i.176; aor. vobhindi (lit.) to break, split (one’s head, sīsaṃ) MN.i.336.

vi + ava + bhindati

vokāra →

pts

  1. difference Snp.611.
  2. constituent of being (i.e. the khandhas), usually as eka˚, catu˚ & pañca˚-bhava;, e.g. Kv.261; Vb.137 Tikp.32, Kp.36 sq.; Vism.572; Kp-a.245; Snp-a.19, Snp-a.158 In thi …

vuṭṭhita →

pts

risen (out of), aroused, having come back from (abl.) DN.ii.9 (paṭisallāṇā); Snp.p.59; SN.iv.294.

pp. of vuṭṭhahati; cp. uṭṭhita

vyagghīnasa →

pts

hawk SN.i.148 (as ˚nisa); Ja.vi.538. Another word for “hawk” is sakuṇagghi.

?

vyasanna →

pts

sunk into (loc.), immersed Ja.iv.399; Ja.v.16 (here doubtful; not, as C. vyasanāpanna; gloss visanna; vv.ll. in C.: vyaccanna viphanna, visatta).

metric (diaeretic) for visanna

vyattaya →

pts

opposition, reversal; in purisa˚; change of person (gram.) Snp-a.545; vacana˚; reversal of number (i.e. sg. & pl.) DN-a.i.141; Snp-a.509.

vi + ati + aya

vyavayāti →

pts

to go away, disappear Ja.v.82.

vi + ava(= apa) + i, cp. apeti & veti;

vyañjana →

pts

  1. (accompanying) attribute, distinctive mark, sign characteristic (cp. anu˚) Snp.549, Snp.1017; Thag.819 (metric viyañjana); Ja.v.86 (viyañjanena under the pretext) Dhs.1306. gihi˚; characteristi …

vyādinna →

pts

at AN.iii.64 (soto vikkhitto visato +) is doubtful in reading & meaning (“split”?). It must mean something like “interrupted, diverted.” The vv.ll. are vicchinna & jiṇṇa.

for vyādiṇṇa, vi + ādiṇṇa?

vyāpajjati →

pts

instrumental to go wrong, to fail, disagree; to be troubled; also (trs.) to do harm, to injure SN.iii.119; SN.iv.184 = Cnd.40 (by˚); AN.iii.101 (bhattaṃ me vyāpajjeyya disagrees with me, makes me ill) …

vyāpanna →

pts

adjective spoilt, disagreeing, gone wrong; corrupt; only with citta, i.e. a corrupted heart, or a malevolent intention; adj. malevolent DN.i.139; DN.iii.82; AN.i.262, AN.i.299; opp. …

vā →

pts

indeclinable part. of disjunction: “or”; always enclitic Kp viii. (itthiyā purisassa vā; mātari pitari vā pi). Usually repeated vā-vā (is it so-) or, either-or, e.g. Snp.1024 (Brahmā vā Indo vā p …

vāta →

pts

wind. There exists a common distinction of winds into 2 groups: “internal and “external” winds, or the ajjhattikā vāyo-dhātu (wind category), and the bāhirā. They are discussed at Vb.84, quoted a …

vīra →

pts

manly, mighty, heroic; a hero SN.i.137; Snp.44 Snp.165 (not dhīra), Snp.642, Snp.1096, Snp.1102; Thag.736 (nara˚ hero) Cnd.609; Dhp-a.iv.225
mahā˚; a hero SN.i.110, SN.i.193 SN.iii.83 (of the …

vīsati →

pts

Vīsati & vīsaṃ

indeclinable number 20
■ Both forms are used indiscriminately

  1. vīsati, e.g. Vin.ii.271 (˚vassa, as minimum age of ordination); Snp.457 (catu-vīsat’akkharaṃ); …

vīsaṃ →

pts

Vīsati & vīsaṃ

indeclinable number 20
■ Both forms are used indiscriminately

  1. vīsati, e.g. Vin.ii.271 (˚vassa, as minimum age of ordination); Snp.457 (catu-vīsat’akkharaṃ); …

vīti →

pts

Vīti˚

is the contracted prepositional combination vi + ati, representing an emphatic ati, e.g. in the foll.:

  • -(k)kama 1 going beyond, transgression, sin Vin.iii.112; Vin.iv. …

vīvadāta →

pts

adjective clean, pure Snp.784, Snp.881. Visati & visam

vi + avadāta, the metric form of vodāta

y →

pts

-Y-

combination consonant (sandhi), inserted (euphonically) between 2 vowels for the avoidance of hiatus. It has arisen purely phonetically from i as a sort of “gliding or semi-vowel within a wo …

ya →

pts

Ya˚

I. Forms

(See inflection also at Geiger, P.Gr. § 110.) The decl. is similar to that of ta˚ among the more rarely found forms we only mention the foll.
■ sg. nom. m. *[yo](/define/y …

yakkha →

pts

  1. name of certain non-human beings, as spirits, ogres, dryads, ghosts spooks. Their usual epithet and category of being is amanussa, i.e. not a human being (but not a sublime g …

yama →

pts

Yama1

restraint Pv-a.98 (+ niyama).

fr. yam

Yama2

the ruler of the kingdom of the dead. See details in Dicty. of Names. In compounds often in general sense of “death” or …

yanti →

pts

is 3rd pl. pres. of : see yāti
Note. At DN.ii.269 we should combine yanti with preceding visamā sambādhā, thus forming denom. verbs: *visamāyanti …

yasa →

pts

Yaso & Yasa

neuter glory, fame, repute success, high position. On term as used with ref. to the brahmin see Fick, Sociale Gliederung 128, 129. The prevailing idea of Dhammapāla is that yaso consist …

yaso →

pts

Yaso & Yasa

neuter glory, fame, repute success, high position. On term as used with ref. to the brahmin see Fick, Sociale Gliederung 128, 129. The prevailing idea of Dhammapāla is that yaso consist …

yathā →

pts

adverb as, like, in relation to, after (the manner of)
■ As prep. (with acc.): according (to some condition, norm or rule): yathā kāmaṃ (already Vedic) according to his desire …

yañña →

pts

  1. a brahmanic sacrifice.
  2. alms-giving charity, a gift to the Sangha or a bhikkhu.

The brahmanic ritual of Vedic times has been given a changed and deeper meaning. Buddhism has discarded the outwa …

yoga →

pts

lit. “yoking, or being yoked,” i.e. connection bond, means; fig. application, endeavour, device

  1. yoke, yoking (rare?) Ja.vi.206 (meant here the yoke of the churning-sticks; cp. Ja.vi.209).
  2. conn …

yojeti →

pts

  1. to yoke, harness, tie, bind Pv.ii.9#36 (vāhana, the draught-bullock); Mhvs.35, Mhvs.40 (yojayi aor.; variant reading for yojāpayi); Pv-a.74 (sindhave).
  2. to furnish (with), combine, unite, mix, …

yoni →

pts

  1. the womb.
  2. origin, way of birth, place of birth, realm of existence; nature, matrix There are four yonis or ways of being born or generation viz. aṇḍaja oviparous creation, …

yuga →

pts

  1. the yoke of a plough (usually) or a carriage Dhp-a.i.24 (yugaṃ gīvaṃ bādhati presses on the neck); Pv-a.127 (ratha˚); Sdhp.468 (of a carriage) Also at Snp.834 in phrase dhonena yugaṃ samāgamā w …

yācitaka →

pts

adjective asked, begged, borrowed MN.i.365 (˚ṃ bhogaṃ) Ja.iv.358 = Ja.vi.127 (˚ṃ yānaṃ and ˚ṃ dhanaṃ, alluding to MN.i.365–MN.i.366), with expln Ja.iv.358: “yaṃ parena dinnattā labbhati taṃ …

yādisa →

pts

adjective which like, what like, whichever, how much; in neg. sentence any, whatever little
■ Pv.ii.1#19 (= yāva mahanto Pv-a.77)
■ Often combined with kīdisa in meaning “an …

yādisaka →

pts

Err:501

yāga →

pts

  1. A (brahmanic) sacrifice, known otherwise as mahāyāga (or pl ˚yāgā), and consisting of the 4: assamedha, purisamedha sammāpāsa, vāja-peyya. Thus mentioned at SN.i.76 & Snp.3 …

yāgu →

pts

rice-gruel, rice-milk (to drink). See Vin. Texts ii.89. Vin.i.46 = Vin.ii.223 (sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanametabbā; yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā…), 51 (id.), Vin.ii.61 (id.), Vin.ii. …

yāva →

pts

adverb

  1. (as prep.) up to (a point), as far as, how far so far that (cp. tāva I), both temporal and local, used either with absolute form of noun or adj. (base), or nom., or abl. or *acc …

ā →

pts

Ā1

indeclinable a frequent prefix, used as well-defined simple base-prefix (with rootderivations), but not as modification (i.e. first part of a double prefix cpd. like sam-ā-dhi) exce …

ābādha →

pts

affliction, illness, disease Vin.iv.261; DN.i.72; DN.ii.13; AN.i.121; AN.iii.94, AN.iii.143; AN.iv.333, AN.iv.415 sq., AN.iv.440; Dhp.138; Pp.28 Vism.41 (udara-vāta˚) Vism.95; Vv-a.351 (an˚ safe & s …

ādesa →

pts

information, pointing out; as tt. g. characteristic, determination, substitute, e.g. kutonidānā is at Snp-a.303 said to equal kiṃ-nidānā, the to of kuto (abl.) equalling or being substituted for the …

ādisati →

pts

  1. to announce, tell, point out, refer to
  2. to dedicate (a gift, dakkhiṇaṃ or dānaṃ).

pres ind. ādisati DN.i.213 = AN.i.170 (tell or read one’s character); Snp.1112 (atītaṃ); Mn …

ādissa →

pts

at MN.iii.133 is an imper. pres. meaning “take”, & should probably better be read; ādiya (in corresponsion with ādāna). It is not grd. of ādisati, which its form might suggest.

Ādi …

ādīnava →

pts

disadvantage, danger (in or through = loc.) DN.i.38 (vedanānaṃ assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca etc.), DN.i.213 (iddhi-pāṭihāriye MN.i.318; SN.i.9 (ettha bhīyo), SN.ii.170 sq. (dhātūnaṃ); SN.iii.27, SN.iii.62, …

āgata →

pts

  1. come, arrived Mil.18 (˚kāraṇa the reason of his coming); Vv-a.78 (˚ṭṭhāna); Pv-a.81 (kiṃ āgat’attha why have you come here) come by, got, attained (˚-) AN.ii.110 = Pp.48 (˚visa); Mhvs.xiv.28 (˚p …

ājāniya →

pts

Ājāniya (ājānīya)

adjective noun of good race or breed; almost exclusively used to denote a thoroughbred horse (cp. assājāniya under assa3).

  1. ājāniya (the more common & younger Pāli f …

ājānīya →

pts

Ājāniya (ājānīya)

adjective noun of good race or breed; almost exclusively used to denote a thoroughbred horse (cp. assājāniya under assa3).

  1. ājāniya (the more common & younger Pāli f …

ālokita →

pts

looking before, looking at, looking forward (opp. vilokitaṃ looking behind or backward), always in combn. ālokita-vilokita in ster. phrase at DN.i.70 = e.g. AN.ii.104, AN.ii.106, AN.ii.2 …

āma →

pts

Āma1

indeclinable affirmative part. “yes, indeed, certainly” DN.i.192 sq. (as variant reading BB.; T. has āmo); Ja.i.115 Ja.i.226 (in C. expln. of T. amā-jāta which is to be re …

āmisa →

pts

  1. originally raw meat; hence prevailing notion of “raw unprepared, uncultivated”; thus -khāra raw lye Vin.i.206.
  2. “fleshy, of the flesh” (as opposed to mind or spirit), hence material, physical; …

ānejja →

pts

and Ānañja immovability, imperturbability, impassibility. The word is n. but occurs as adj. at Vin.iii.109 (ānañja samādhi, with which cp. BSk. ānijyā śāntiḥ at Avs.i.199
■ T …

ānisada →

pts

“sit down”, bottom, behind MN.i.80 = MN.i.245; Ja.iii.435 (gloss asata) Vism.251 = Kp-a.45 (˚ttaca), Kp-a.252 (˚maṃsa).

a + sad

ānisaṃsa →

pts

praise i.e. that which is commendable, profit, merit, advantage good result, blessing in or from (c. loc.). There are five ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīla-sampadāya or blessings which accrue to the virtuous …

āpāthaka →

pts

adjective belonging to the (perceptual) sphere of, visible, in -nisādin lying down visible DN.iii.44, DN.iii.47. Cp. āpathaka.

fr. āpātha

ārakkha →

pts

watch, guard, protection, care DN.ii.59; DN.iii.289; SN.iv.97, SN.iv.175, SN.iv.195; AN.ii.120; AN.iii.38; AN.iv.266, AN.iv.270, AN.iv.281 (˚sampadā), AN.iv.322 (id.), AN.iv.400; AN.v.29 sq.; Ja.i.203 …

ārammaṇa →

pts

primary meaning “foundation”, from this applied in the foll. senses:

  1. support, help, footing, expedient, anything to be depended upon as a means of achieving what is desired, i.e. basis of operatio …

āsajja →

pts

indeclinable

  1. sitting on, going to, approaching; allocated, belonging to; sometimes merely as prep. acc “near” (cp. āsanna) Snp.418 (āsajja naṃ upāvisi he came up near to him), Snp.448 (kāko va sel …

āsana →

pts

sitting, sitting down; a seat, throne MN.i.469; Vin.i.272 (= pallankassa okāsa); SN.i.46 (ek sitting alone, a solitary seat); AN.iii.389 (an˚ without a seat); Snp.338, Snp.718, Snp.810, Snp.981; Mnd.1 …

āsappanā →

pts

(fr.) lit. “creeping on to”, doubt, mistrust, always combd. with parisappanā Nd3 1; Dhs.1004 (trsl. “evasion”, cp. Dhs trsl. p 116), Dhs.1118, Dhs.1235 …

āsava →

pts

that which; flows (out or on to) outflow & influx.

  1. spirit, the intoxicating extract or secretion of a tree or flower, O. C in Vin.iv.110 (four kinds); B. on DN.iii.182 (five kinds Dhs-a.48; Kp-a …

āsaṅkita →

pts

adjective suspected, in fear, afraid, apprehensive, doubtful (obj. & subj.) Mil.173, Mil.372 (˚parisankita full of apprehension and suspicion); Dhp-a.i.223; Vv-a.110
■ Cp. *ussaṅkita & parisaṅkita …

āsita →

pts

*Āsita1

“having eaten”, but probably māsita (pp. of mṛś to touch, cp. Sk. mṛśita, which is ordinarily in massita), since it only occurs in combns. where m precedes, viz. Ja …

āsiṃsanā →

pts

desire, wish, craving Ja.v.28; Dhs.1059, Dhs.1136 (+ āsiṃsitatta). As āsīsanā at Ne.53.

abstr. fr. ā + śaṃs, cp. āsiṃsati

āsiṃsati →

pts

to hope for wish, pray for (lit. praise for the sake of gain), desire (w. acc.) SN.i.34, SN.i.62; Snp.779, Snp.1044, Snp.1046 (see Cnd.135) Ja.i.267; Ja.iii.251; Ja.iv.18; Ja.v.435; Ja.vi.43; Mnd.60; …

āsā →

pts

expectation, hope, wish, longing, desire; adj. āsa (-˚) longing for, anticipating, desirous of Vin.i.255 (˚avacchedika hope-destroying), Vin.i.259; DN.ii.206; DN.iii.88; MN.iii.138 (āsaṃ karoti); …

āsīdati →

pts

  1. to come together, lit. to sit by DN.i.248 (variant reading BB ādisitvā for āsīditvā, to be preferred?).
  2. to come or go near, to approach (w. acc.), to get (to) AN.iii.69 (āsīvisaṃ), AN.iii.373 (n …

āsīsanā →

pts

āsīvisa →

pts

snake Vin.iv.108; SN.iv.172; AN.ii.110; AN.iii.69; Ja.i.245; Ja.ii.274; Ja.iv.30, Ja.iv.496; Ja.v.82, Ja.v.267; Pp.48; Vism.470 (in comp.); Dhp-a.i.139; Dhp-a.ii.8, Dhp-a.ii.38; Snp-a.334, Snp-a. …

āvesana →

pts

entrance; workshop; living-place, house Vin.ii.117 (˚vitthaka, meaning?); MN.ii.53; Pv.ii.9#15.

fr. āvisati

āvisati →

pts

to approach, to enter Vin.iv.334; Snp.936 (aor. āvisi); Ja.iv.410, Ja.iv.496; Vism.42.

ā + vīś

āyata →

pts

  1. (adj.) outstretched, extended, long, in length (with numeral) DN.iii.73 (ñātikkhaya, prolonged or heavy?); MN.i.178 (dīghato ā˚; tiriyañ ca vitthata); Ja.i.77, Ja.i.273 (tettiṃs’-angul’āyato khagg …

āyuka →

pts

(-˚) adjective -being of life; having a life or age AN.iv.396 (niyat˚); Vv-a.196 (yāvatāyukā dibbasampatti divine bliss lasting for a lifetime). Esp. freq in combn. with *[dīgha](/define …

īdisa →

pts

adjective such like, such Dhs-a.400 (f. ˚ī); Pv-a.50, (id.) Pv-a.51

Sk. īdṛs, ī + dṛś, lit. so-looking

īsaka →

pts

pole Ja.ii.152; Ja.vi.456 (˚agga the top of a pole).

dimin. of īsā

īsakaṃ →

pts

adverb a little, slightly, easily MN.i.450; Ja.i.77; Ja.vi.456; DN-a.i.252, DN-a.i.310; Vv-a.36; Vism.136 Vism.137, Vism.231, īsakam pi even a little Vism.106; Sdhp.586.

nt. of īsaka

īsāka →

pts

adjective having a pole (said of a carriage) Ja.vi.252.

fr. īsā

ūna →

pts

adjective wanting, deficient less MN.ii.73; Ja.v.330; Dhp-a.i.77; Dhp-a.iv.210. Mostly adverbially with numerals = one less, but one, minus (one or two); usually with eka (as ekūna …

ḍahati →

pts

(& dahati) to burn (trs.) consume, torment MN.i.365; MN.ii.73 AN.v.110; Ja.ii.44 (aor. 3 sg. med. adaḍḍha = Sk. adagdha) Dhp.31, Dhp.71, Dhp.140; Mil.45, Mil.112 (cauterize). Pp. *[daḍḍha](/define/daḍ …

ḍāha →

pts

burning, glow, heat DN.i.10 (disā˚ sky-glow = zodiacal light?); MN.i.244; Pv-a.62; Mil.325. Sometimes spelt dāha, e.g. AN.i.178 (aggi˚) Sdhp.201 (id.); - dava˚; a jungle fire Vin.ii.138; Ja.i.461 …

ṭhāna →

pts

(ṭṭhāna) neuter

I. Connotation

As one of the 4 iriyāpathā (behaviours)

  1. contrasted (a) as standing position with sitting or reclining (b) as rest with motion.
  2. by itself without parti …